09830MAAAe15 PDF

All rights reserved.
Passing on and copying of this

document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
9153 OMC-R Configuration Import/Export Interface:

Informal excerpts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA
- Release B11 MR1ed2.1 -
ED
15
ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA
1/1
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................4
1.1
Scope of the document .........................................................................4
1.2
Conventions and notations...................................................................4
2.
INFORMAL EXCERPTS OF [ACIE-SI11].........................................................6
15
14
13
12
11
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
ED
100603
100315
091231
090928
090713
090413
081222
081105
081017
080808
080530
080229
080103
DATE
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
Update
First issue
CHANGE NOTE
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
O&M System
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
TD/MRC/OMD Spec
ORIGINATOR
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES

None
HISTORY
Ed. 01
Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 1.

21/12/2007: Version aligned with [ACIE-si11] Ed.01 dated the 21/12/2007
Ed. 02

Ed. 03

Ed. 04
ED

15

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
1/1


Ed. 05

Ed. 06

Ed. 07

Ed. 08

Ed. 11

Ed. 12

Ed. 13

Ed. 14

Ed. 15

REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
ED
15

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
2/2

[ACIE-si11]
9153-RA Configuration Import/Export

Information - Release B11
Interface:
Supplementary
RELATED DOCUMENTS
None
ED
15

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
3/3

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope of the document
This document contains informal excepts of the document [ACIE-si11].
Important notice:
This document is informal. It is produced as a help for clients but its contents is
not guaranteed to be 100% correct. The companion [ACIE-si11] document shall
be considered as the reference.
1.2 Conventions and notations

ASN1 type
BOOLEAN
INTEGER
INTEGER {
int1 (0),
int2 (1),
.....
intn (n)
}
ENUMERATED {
enum1 (0),
enum2 (1),
.....
enumn (n)
}
REAL
OCTET STRING
BIT STRING {
bitstr1
(0),
bitstr2
(1),
.....
bitstrn
(n)
}
character string type (e.g. PrintableString,
GraphicString) with name xyString
NULL
GeneralizedTime
OBJECT IDENTIFIER
ObjectInstance
SEQUENCE OF<T>
or SET OF <T>
SEQUENCE {
f1 T1,
f2 T2,
...
fn Tn
}
or SET {..}
ED
15
ASN1 type in expanded form

<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
<INTENUM=int1=0 int2=1 ... intn=n>
<ENUM=enum1=0 enum2=1 ... enumn=n>
<REAL>
<OCTET-STRING>
<BIT-STRING= bitstr1=0 bitstr2=1 .. bitstrn=n>
<xyString>
<NULL>
<GeneralizedTime>
<OBJECT-IDENTIFIER>
<ObjectInstance>
{<T in expanded form>...}
{f1 <T1 in expanded form>, f2 <T2 in expanded
form>, ..., fn <Tn in expanded form>}

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
4/4

CHOICE {
alt1 [1] T1,
alt2 [2] T2,
...
altn [n] Tn
}
ED
15
alt1:<T1 in expanded form> | alt2:<T2 in

expanded form> | .. | altn:<Tn in expanded
form>

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
5/5

2. INFORMAL EXCERPTS OF [ACIE-SI11]

Corresponding
MOC
"NML":adjacenc
y
Attribute
Pr.
ASN1 Type
ASN1 Type
form
<INTEGER>
"ABSS":aGprsNcResel
ectHysteresis
GR
IntegerVal
ue
"NML":adjacenc
y
"C9ML":adjacencyTyp
e
GR
AdjacencyT
ype
"NML":adjacenc
y
"C9ML":csVgcsChar
GR
CsVgcsType
"NML":adjacenc
y
"C6ML":enableTraffi
cLoadHO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"A12.20":hoMargin
GR
HoMargin
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"C6ML":hoMarginAlca
telDist
GR
HoMargin
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"COML":hoMarginLeve
l
GR
HoMarginAl
catel
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
"COML":hoMarginQual
GR
HoMarginAl
<INTEGER>
in
expanded
<ENUMERATED=handover=0
reselection=1
handoverAndReselection=2
>
<ENUMERATED=cs=0 vgcs=1
csAndVgcs=2>
GDMO Attribute Behaviour

This attribute indicates the NC cell
reselection
offset
used
for
triggering power budget causes.
This attribute gives the type of
adjacency (handover, reselection or
both).
This
attribute
indicates
if
a
handover adjacency is to be used as
a normal Circuit Switched tansaction
only, or for VGCS call only, or for
both.
This attribute indicates whether or
not
the
detection
of
handover
depending on traffic load conditions
in the serving cell is enabled.
The value of this attribute is used
as a threshold to prevent repetitive
hand-over between adjacent cells, in
case the handover is caused by
received signal level or the power
budget process. Refer to Annex A of
Specification GSM 05.08 (HO_MARGIN
(n)).
The value of this attribute is used
as a threshold to prevent repetitive
handovers between adjacent cells for
the distance handover causes.
This attribute is used as a level
threshold
to
prevent
repetitive
emergency situation.
This attribute is used as a quality

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
6/6

catel
"NML":adjacenc
y
"GSM
12.20":hoPriorityLe
vel
GR
HoPriority
Level
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"COML":l-RXLEV-CPTHO
GR
LRxlevOcho
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"COML":linkfactor0n
GR
Linkfactor
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"C6ML":maxRxLevNCel
lHo
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"COML":oUTDOOR-UMBLEV
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
threshold
to
prevent
repetitive
emergency situation.
This attribute defines the handover
priority level for an adjacent cell
used for target cell evaluation in
the handover control process. Eight
distinct priority levels exist.
This attribute indicates the minimum
receive
level
on
downlink
for
handover from upper cellto neighbour
lower layer cell or from classical
band to preferred band celln.
This attribute is used to order the
adjacent cells during handover and
may be used to give higher priority
to intra-BSC (HO between cells that
belong to the same BSC) over interBSC (HObetween cells that belong to
different BSCs with the same MSC)
and inter NSS handovers (HO between
cells belonging to different MSCs).
The higher the linkfactor the higher
is the chance the adjacent cell may
take over a MS.
The Location Name attribute type
identifies
a
location
where
an
equipment is located.
This attribute indicates the maximum
downlink received level from the
neighbour cells of the same layer
and the same frequency band as the
serving cell to cause a better zone
handover from the outer zone to the
inner zone of a concentric cell.
receive level to trigger HO towards
umbrella cell. It is used to prevent
indoor MS going to umbrella.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
7/6

"NML":adjacenc
y
"C9ML":relatedTarge
tCell
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
relatedObject:<ObjectIns
tance>
<GraphicString>
"NML":adjacenc
y
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
"NML":adjacenc
y2gTo3g
"C9ML":adjacencyTyp
e
GR
AdjacencyT
ype
"NML":adjacenc
y2gTo3g
"C9ML":relatedTarge
tCell
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
"NML":adjacenc
y2gTo3g
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
"NML":adjacenc
y2gToLte
"C9ML":adjacencyTyp
e
GR
AdjacencyT
ype
"NML":adjacenc
y2gToLte
"C9ML":relatedTarge
tCell
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
"NML":adjacenc
y2gToLte
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
reselection=1
>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
<GraphicString>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbBsCvMax
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbFDD-Qmin
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbFDDQoffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
reselection=1
>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
<GraphicString>
This attribute identifies the target

cell of a corresponding adjacency.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
assigns a user friendly name to the
associated object.
both).
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
both).
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
Number of remaining RLC data blocks
to be sent (per assigned PDCH) by
the MS, below which the Count Down
procedure is entered. One third of
the number of RLC data blocks per
assigned PDCH before the MS may
check if the resolution contention
has failed.
This attribute defines the minimum
threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD
cell re-selection.
This attribute indicates the offset
added to the received level average
of the serving cell and of the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
8/8

"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbLSA-ID-i
GR
LSAIDList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbNExtraAbi
sTsMain
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbNExtraAbi
sTsSecondary
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbNbTsMpdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbPanDec
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbPanInc
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbPanMax
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD

cell re-selection.
This attribute indicates the list of
authorized LSA-IDs on the cell.
This attribute indicates the number
of extra Abis timeslots configured
on the main sector of a cell.
on the secondary sector of a cell.
of radio timeslots reserved for the
primary and secondary master PDCHs
defined in the cell.
GSM 04.60: PAN_DEC (3 bit field)If
the mobile station transmits k RLC
data blocks without receiving a
Packet ACK/NACK message, the mobile
station shall start timer T3182.
Timer T3182 shall be stopped upon
reception
of
a
PACKET
UPLINK
ACK/NACK message. If timer T3182
expires, the mobile station shall
decrement counter N3102 by PAN_DEC,
and perform an abnormal release with
random access.
GSM 04.60: PAN_INC (3 bit field)
whenever the mobile station receives
a PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message,
the mobile station shall increment
N3102 by PAN_INC, however N3102
shall
never
exceed
the
value
PAN_MAX. Upon cell reselection, the
mobile station shall set counter
N3102 to the value PAN_MAX. When
N3102 <= 0 is reached, the mobile
station shall perform an abnormal
release with cell reselection.
GSM04.60: PAN_MAX (3 bit field).
This attribute defines the maximum

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
9/8

"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbPriorityA
ccessThreshold
GR
PriorityAc
cessThresh
old
<ENUMERATED=no-access=0
prio-cl-1=3
prio-cl-12=4 prio-cl-1-3=5 priocl-1-4=6>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbRaCode
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbT3168
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbT3192
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbTPagCs
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":aCmbTPagPs
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":aDDITIONALRESELECT-PARAM
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CBML":addHrInTfoLi
st
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
value allowed for counter N3102 Cell

reselection is done by MS when N3102
<=0.
This parameter indicates whether or
not a mobile station of a certain
priority class is authorised to do a
random access for request of a GPRS
service.
GSM
04.60:
RA_CODE
field.
This
attribute indicates the Routing Area
Code (see GSM 03.03).
time the Mobile Station can wait for
a Packet Uplink Assignment message,
after sending of a Packet Resource
request.
This GPRS attribute defines the Wait
timer for the MS to release the
Temporary Block Flow after reception
of the final block.
This GPRS attribute defines the
maximum time a CS PAGING message can
remain in a Paging Group queue. It
includes the round trip delay on A
or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
maximum time a PS PAGING message
canremain in a Paging Group queue.
It includes the round trip delay on
Gb and Abis interface.
not C2 cell reselection parameters
are present in SYS-INFO 7 and SYSINFO 8. Rules: The value 'TRUE'
indicates that SYS-INFO 7 & 8 need
to be transmitted.
This attribute enables/disables the
addition of the legacy HR codec type
in the list of supported codec type
provided to the TFO remote partner

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
10/9

"NML":cell
"C9ML":aEcnoHo
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aG-PREMPTPCH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsAccessB
urstType
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsBepPeri
od
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsBsPagBl
ksRes
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsBsPbcch
Blks
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsBsPrach
Blks
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsC31Hyst
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsC32Qual
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
for a given AMR-NB call, when that

call is currently established in
Half Rate for cell load reason and
when TFO is possible for that call
(TFO on AMR-NB supported by the TC
and configured in the cell).
This attribute indicates the window
size for Ec/No level averages for 2G
to 3G handover.
This attribute is a flag to enable
pre-emption of paging sub-channels
by Access grant messages when there
is one remaining free AGCH block.
This attribute indicates the format
of the access burst used by (E)GPRS
MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL
REQUEST,
a
PACKET
CONTROL
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
or
a
PTCCH/U
message.
This attribute indicates the filter
constant for EGPRS channel quality
measurements.
of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or
PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe.
of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per
52 multiframe.
of blocks statically allocated to
the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each
MPDCH.
This attribute determines whether an
additional cell hysteresis shall be
applied to the C31 criterion. The
hysteresis
is
indicated
by
the
aGprsGprsCellReselectHysteresis
attribute (for NC0 mode).
This attribute is a flag indicating
an exception rule concerning the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
11/10

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsCsMaxId
lePeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEgprsN3
105Limit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEgprsN3
105LimitSatellite
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
aGprsGprsReselectionOffset attribute
in NC0 mode.
transfer inactivity time to reuse
the previous (Modulation and) Coding
Scheme. This applies in case of
transfer resumption during inactive
TBF phase (delayed downlink TBF mode
/ extended uplink TBF mode) and in
case of uplink TBF establishment on
PACCH while extended uplink TBF mode
is not used (with some additional
restrictions).
For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS
traffic is carried through Abis
terrestrial
link
and
Ater
terrestrial link, this parameter
defines
the
maximum
number
of
expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or
Packet
Control
Acknowledgement
messages consecutively lost on the
radio interface, before triggering
an abnormal release of the DL TBF.
This
parameter
is
used
in
conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL
delay to decide if the DL TBF shall
be released.
For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS
satellite link or Ater satellite
link, this parameter defines the
maximum number of expected Packet
Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control
Acknowledgement
messages
consecutively lost on the radio
interface,
before
triggering
an
abnormal release of the DL TBF. This
parameter is used in conjunction
with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to
decide if the DL TBF shall be

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
12/11

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnConvG
ps
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnCsAda
ptationAck
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnCsAda
ptationNack
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnEda
GR
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnExten
dedUlTbf
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnFastI
nitialGprsAccess
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnFullI
rDlPerCell
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnIrUlP
erCell
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnMcs1I
nCrp
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
released.
whether
the
positioning
method
Conventional
GPS
is
enabled
or
disabled.
This
attribute
is
used
to
enable/disable the link adaptation
in RLC acknowledged mode.
This
attribute
is
used
to
enable/disable the link adaptation
in RLC unacknowledged mode.
Enables Extended Dynamic Allocation
(EDA).
whether extended TBF mode feature on
the uplink is enabled or disabled.
not one Slave PDCH is available for
(E)GPRS traffic in the cell (fast
initial PS access feature).
- In a Non Evolium BTS, that
corresponds to an established PDCH
being
able
to
support
incoming
(E)GPRS traffic.
In
an
Evolium
BTS,
that
corresponds to a PDCH being able to
support incoming (E)GPRS traffic,
that PDCH being located on an
established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns
an M-EGCH link)
(EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell)
Enables/Disables the resegmentation
for the downlink TBF in the cell.
(EN_IR_UL_per_cell) Enables/Disables
Incremental
redundancy
for
the
uplink TBF in the BSS.
(EN_MCS1_in_CRP) Enables the forced
usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF
in contention resolution phase at
one-phase access to make this phase

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
13/12

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnMsAss
istedAgps
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnMsBas
edAgps
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnMulti
slotClass3033
"ABSS":aGprsEnNacc
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
GR
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnOutgo
ingGprsRedir
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnPsiSt
atus
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnReseg
mentationUlPerCell
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnSolsa
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsEnStrea
ming
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsFddGprs
Qoffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsGchRedF
actorHighAterUsage
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
more robust.
whether the positioning method MS
Assisted
A-GPS
is
enabled
or
disabled.
whether the positioning method MS
Based A-GPS is enabled or disabled.
This attribute indicates whether the
Network Assisted Cell Change feature
is enabled or disabled.
not outgoing GPRS redirections are
systematically triggered from the
serving cell.
Packet SI Status feature in cells
w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status
feature in cells with a PBCCH is
enabled or disabled.
resegmentation for the uplink TBF in
the
cell,
in
case
of
RLC
acknowledged mode, is enabled or
disabled.
support of localized service areas
in the BSS is enabled or disabled.
support of the STREAMING flows is
cell re-selection in GPRS.
This
attribute
indicates
the
reduction factor of the number of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
14/13

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsCel
lReselectHysteresis
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsHcs
Thr
"ABSS":aGprsGprsPen
altyTime
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsPri
orityClass
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsRes
electionOffset
"ABSS":aGprsGprsRxL
evAccessMin
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsTem
poraryOffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsHalfpwr
BeamWidth
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsIeutmMa
xIdlePeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsInitPdc
hShortDataEgprs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsInitPdc
hShortDataGprs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"NML":cell
GR
GR
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the

Ater usage is high.
This
attribute
indicates
an
additional hysteris which applies in
Ready state for cells in the same
RA.
This attribute indicates the HCS
signal strength.
This attribute indicates the time
during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
is active.
priority of the cell used in the NC0
mode.
This attribute indicates a permanent
offset for GPRS cell reselection.
received level at the MS required
for access to the system.
This
attribute
indicates
the
negative offset used for MS cell
reselection process.
This attribute indicates the antenna
half power beam for the sector
supporting the cell (used by the MFS
to compute location estimate based
on TA positionning method).
Maximum
duration
of
UL
TBF
inactivity before MS is polled in
EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is
set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled).
(INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS) Number
of
PDCHs
on
which
MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL
and
MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL
are
targeted when establishing GCHs for
an EGPRS TBF associated to a 'short
data' MS transfer.
(INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS)
Number
of
PDCHs
on
which

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
15/14

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxDlTb
fSpdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxEgpr
sMcs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxEgpr
sMcsShortDataDl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxEgpr
sMcsShortDataUl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxGprs
AssignAgchRetrans
Go
AGprsMaxGp
rsAssignAg
chRetrans
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxGprs
AssignPchRetrans
Go
AGprsMaxGp
rsAssignPc
hRetrans
<INTEGER>
MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL
and
MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL
are
targeted when establishing GCHs for
a GPRS TBF associated to a 'short
data' MS transfer.
number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per
Slave PDCH.
Modulation and Coding Scheme used
for EGPRS traffic in the cell.
(MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL)
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme
used
for
the
DL
EGPRS
TBFs
associated to a 'short data' MS
transfer.
(MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL)
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme
used
for
the
UL
EGPRS
TBFs
associated to a 'short data' MS
transfer.
number
of
Packet
DL
assignment
messages retransmitted on PACCH,
after which the complete DL TBF
establishment
procedure
may
be
restarted.
This
parameter
is
applicable only if the Immediate
Assignment message has already been
sent on AGCH for a MS in non-DRX
mode.
number
of
Packet
DL
assignment
messages retransmitted on PACCh,
after which the complete DL TBF
establishment
procedure
may
be
restarted.
This
parameter
is
applicable only if the Immediate
Assignment message has already been
sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
16/15

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxGprs
CsShortDataDl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxGprs
CsShortDataUl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxPdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxPdch
HighLoad
GR
AGprsPdchG
roup
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxPdch
PerTbf
GR
AGprsMaxPd
chPerTbf
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxRetr
ans1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxRetr
ans2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxRetr
ans3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxRetr
ans4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMaxUlTb
fSpdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMinPdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
(MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL) Maximum
coding scheme used for the DL GPRS
TBFs associated to a 'short data' MS
transfer.
(MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL) Maximum
coding scheme used for the UL GPRS
TBFs associated to a 'short data' MS
transfer.
number of slave and master PDCHs
that can be allocated to the MFS in
the cell.
This
attribute
indicates
the
maximum number of slave and master
PDCHs that can be allocated to the
MFS when the CS traffic is high.
This attribute is the maximum number
of PDCH allocated to a single
(E)GPRS connection.
number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST
retransmissions by the MS on the
PRACH with priority level 1.
number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per
slave PDCH.
number of master and slave PDCHs

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
17/17

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsMinRlfT
imeDl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsN3105Li
mit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsN3105Li
mitSatellite
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNbBonus
AndPsCapableTrx
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
that are always allocated to the

MFS.
Minimum time before detecting a
radio link failure of a DL TBF,
triggered
by
N3105
or
NstagnatingWindowDL.
For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS
terrestrial
link
and
Ater
terrestrial link, this parameter
defines
the
maximum
number
of
expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or
Packet
Control
Acknowledgement
messages consecutively lost on the
radio interface, before triggering
an abnormal release of the DL TBF.
This
parameter
is
used
in
conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL
delay to decide if the DL TBF shall
be released.
For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS
satellite link or Ater satellite
link, this parameter defines the
maximum number of expected Packet
Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control
Acknowledgement
messages
consecutively lost on the radio
interface,
before
triggering
an
released.
(Nb-Bonus-and-PS-Capable-TRX)
Represents the number of: PS-capable
TRXs
and
non
PS-capable
TRXs
supporting bonus Abis nibbles and
TRXs supporting MPDCH(s)), in a
cell.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
18/17

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNc2Deac
tivationMode
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcDlRxl
evLimitThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcDlRxl
evThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcDlRxq
ualThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcPingP
ongOffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcRepor
tingPeriodT
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcRxlev
ForgettingFactor
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcRxqua
lAvgPeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

not the Packet Measurement Order
message with a Reset Command is sent
at the end of a packet transfer.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold below which a NC cell
reselection
Cause
PT2
can
be
triggered due to the detection of a
better neighbour cell.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold below which a NC cell
reselection Cause PT1 is triggered
due to a too bad RXLEV in the
downlink direction (while the MS is
in packet transfer mode)..
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold above which a NC cell
due to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink
direction (while the MS is in packet
transfer mode)..
This attribute indicates the NC
ping-pong offset which is applied to
the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour
the
neighbour
cells
during
T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET.
This
attribute
indicates
the
reporting period of NC measurements
reported by the MS while in packet
transfer mode..
This
attribute
indicates
the
rorgetting factor of the filter used
to
average
the
NC
measurements
reported in the Packet Measurement
Report messages.
This attribute indicates the period
after which a weight of 0.9 s is
applied to the current UL or DL
RXQUAL samples in the averaging
filter.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
19/19

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNcUlRxq
ualThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNDataBy
tesMaxTrans
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNetwork
ControlOrder
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsNPollin
gEutmLimit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsPersist
enceLevel1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsPersist
enceLevel2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsPersist
enceLevel3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsPersist
enceLevel4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsPrachBu
syThres
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsQosSafe
tyMargin
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsQsearch
PPtm
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold above which a NC cell
due to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink
direction (while the MS is in packet
transfer mode).
(N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS) Number of
bytes below which an MS transfer is
considered to be 'short data'.
MS or the BSS controls the cell
reselections.
Maximum
number
of
consecutive
polling requests that can be sent to
a
MS
in
EUTM
state
(when
EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF
is
set
ot
2
(IEUTM enabled)) without receiving a
polling response in a PCA.
This attribute indicates the values
of the access persistence level for
radio priority 1.
radio priority 2.
radio priority 3.
radio priority 4.
This
attribute
indicates
the
received level above which a PRACH
block is deemed busy.
Threshold for searching for 3G cells
in
GPRS
packet
transfer
mode
depending whether the received level
average of the serving cell is below
or above the threshold.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
20/20

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsRAverag
eEgprs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsRAverag
eGprs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsRaResel
ectHysteresis
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsRminEgp
rs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsRminGpr
s
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
GR
GR
AGprsRound
TripDelay
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsRoundTr
ipDelay
"ABSS":aGprsS
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTCorr
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTDlAssi
gnCcch
Go
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTDlEgpr
sMeasreport
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTDlGprs
Measreport
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTMaxExt
endedUl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTNcPing
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
This attribute indicates the average

bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable
terminals in this cell.
This attribute indicates the.average
bitrate
per
PDCH
for
non-Edge
capable terminals in this cell.
This attribute indicates, in both
the STANDBY and READY states, the
additional hysteresis which applies
when selecting a cell in a new
Routing Area.
This attribute indicates the minimal
bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable
terminals in this cell.
This attribute indicates the minimal
bitrate
per
PDCH
for
non-Edge
capable terminals in this cell.
This attribute indicates the round
trip delay between the MFS and a MS.
of slots between 2 successive PACKET
CHANNEL REQUEST.
This attribute is a timer used to
supervise clock drift correction
loop.
emission duration of an Immediate
Assignment message on PCH aimed at
establishing a downlink TBF.
period to request for an EGPRS
Packet
Downlink
Ack/Nack
with
measurements.
period to request a Packet Downlink
Ack/Nack with measurements.
duration of the extended uplink TBF
phase.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
21/21

pong
ue
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTNcRejC
ell
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTResel
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTUlAssi
gnCcch
Go
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTUlAssi
gnPccch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTUlRlsE
utm
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTbfDlIn
itCs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTbfDlIn
itMcs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
during which the ping-pong offset is

applied.
during which a NC cell reselection
is inhibited towards that cell due
to a previous NC cell reselection
failure on that cell.
This attribute is a timer whose
expiry allows a MS, which has
performed an abnormal release with
cell reselection, to reselect the
previous cell.
emission duration of an Immediate
Assignment message on AGCH aimed at
establishing an uplink or a downlink
TBF (when the mobile station is nonDRX mode), or at allocating one
uplink block.
This
attribute
indicates
the
duration between the reception of
the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request
message and one uplink radio block
allocated to the MS.
(T_UL_RLS_EUTM) Waiting time between
two successive polling request sent
to a MS for an UL TBF in EUTM mode
when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2
(IEUTM enabled).
When the link adaptation algorithm
is
disabled,
this
attribute
indicates the value of the downlink
CS
coding
scheme
otherwise,
it
indicates the initial value of this
coding scheme.
This attribute indicates the value
of
the
downlink
modulation
and
coding
scheme
when
the
link
adaptation algorithm is disabled or
initial value of the modulation and

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
22/21

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTbfUlIn
itCs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTbfUlIn
itMcs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTestab
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsThrNc2L
oadRanking
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTxEffic
iencyAckThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTxEffic
iencyNackThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsTxInt
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsWiPr
GR
AGprsWiPr
<INTEGER>
coding scheme otherwise.

When the link adaptation algorithm
is
disabled,
this
attribute
indicates the value of the uplink CS
coding
scheme
otherwise,
it
indicates the initial value of this
coding scheme.
of the uplink modulation and coding
scheme when the link adaptation
algorithm is disabled or initial
value of the modulation and coding
scheme otherwise.
This attribute is used for the
supervision of loss of GCH link
establishment.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold above which the load of
the serving cell is considered in a
high load situation in the NC2 cell
ranking process.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold below which the TBF is
released
because
of
a
bad
transmission
efficiency
in
acknowledged mode.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold below which the TBF is
released
because
of
a
bad
transmission
efficiency
in
unacknowledged mode.
of
PRACH
timeslots
to
spread
transmission
of
PACKET
CHANNEL
REQUEST.
This attribute represents the wait
indication
used
in
IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS
REJECT in the nominal case (see the
WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD parameter for the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
23/22

"NML":cell
"ABSS":aGprsWiPrCpu
Overload
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-FR-HYST
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-FR-THR1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-FR-THR2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-FR-THR3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-HR-HYST
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-HR-THR1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
particular cases).
(WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD) Wait indication
used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT
or PACKET ACCESS REJECT in case of
PPC CPU or memory overload.
This
attribute
defines
the
hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode
adaptation.
Its
value
is
only
significant
if
the
eN-AMR-FR
attribute contains 'TRUE'.
The aMR-FR-THRi (i = 1, 2, 3)
attributes indicate thresholds for
AMR FR codec mode adaptation. Their
value is only significant if the eNAMR-FR attribute contains 'TRUE'.
Mandatory rule: aMR-FR-THR1 <= aMRFR-THR2 <= aMR-FR-THR3
This
attribute
defines
the
Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode
adaptation.
The aMR-HR-THRi (i = 1, 2, 3)
AMR HR codec mode adaptation. Their
value is only significant if the eNAMR-HR attribute contains 'TRUE'.
Mandatory rule: aMR-HR-THR1 <= aMR-

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
24/23

"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-HR-THR2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":aMR-HR-THR3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":amrWbGmskHys
t1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":amrWbGmskHys
t2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":amrWbGmskThr
1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":amrWbGmskThr
2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":aRFN-CUMapping
Go
ArfnCuMapp
ing
{{arfnUsed
<INTEGER>,
radioCarrierId
<INTEGER>, arfnAvailable
<BOOLEAN>} ...}
HR-THR2 <= aMR-HR-THR3

Mandatory rule: aMR-HR-THR1 <= aMRHR-THR2 <= aMR-HR-THR3
This
attribute
indicates
the
hysteresis for AMR wideband FR in
GMSK
codec
mode
adaptation
for
transition between lowest codec mode
and second lowest codec mode.
This
attribute
indicates
the
GMSK
codec
mode
adaptation
for
transition between highest codec
mode and second lowest codec mode.
This
attribute
indicates
the
thresholds for AMR wideband FR in
GMSK codec mode adaptation (between
lowest codec mode and second codec
mode).
This
attribute
indicates
the
second lowest codec mode and highest
codec mode).
This attribute makes sense for mono
frequency radio carrier type or for
baseband hopping configured on a BTS
G3. It gives, for each carrier unit,
the absolute ARFN channel Number and

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
25/24

"NML":cell
"C6ML":accessClassB
arringThreshold
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"N7ML":activeRadioC
onfig
GR
ActiveRadi
oConfig
<ENUMERATED=nominal=1
alternative=2>
"NML":cell
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"NML":cell
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
<ENUMERATED=locked=0
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
<ENUMERATED=cleared=0
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
the
availability
state
of
the
frequency.
This
attribute
contains
a
TCH
occupancy high threshold for Access
Class Barring H-Thr-AC-Bar-TCH BSS
telecom
parameter:
when
the
percentage of busy TCH channels
becomes higher than this threshold,
the standard Access Classes 0 to 9
are automatically barred. The value
of
this
attribute
is
only
significant
if
the
enableLoadMngtAccessClassBarring
contains 'TRUE'. When this attribute
contains '100', no automatic access
class barring based on TCH occupancy
is performed, whatever the load.
This attribute indicates if the
active radio configuration is the
nominal
one
(use
of
Frequency
hopping) or the alternative one (No
Frequency hopping).
The alarm status attribute indicates

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
condition relating to an object.
This attribute may also function as
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
condition associated with a specific
resource. It is used to indicate the
existence of an alarm condition, a
pending alarm condition such as
treshold situations, or the highest
severity of active alarm conditions
when it is used as a summary
indicator, the order of severity
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
activeReportable-Critical

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
26/25

"NML":cell
"CMB":alarmsAcknowl
edgementStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"NML":cell
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
<ENUMERATED=aligningUp=0
aligningDown=1
misaligned=2 inConfig=3
aligned=4 auditing=5>
"NML":cell
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
{{errorOriginator
<ENUMERATED=bsc=1
omc=2
activeReportable-Major
activeReportable-Minor
activeReportable-Indeterminate
activeReportable-Warning
activePending cleared
This attribute indicates the highest
perceivedSeverity
value
of
the
alarms that have not yet been
acknowledged among the alarms sent
by the MOIs that are considered to
compute this status (which are the
same as those considered to compute
the alarmStatus attribute value).
This
attribute
indicates
the
synchronization status between the
data of a lower entity and that of
an upper entity in the TMN sense
(e.g. the data of the BSC or MFS
compared with that known by the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
different values are as follows:
- 'aligningUp' indicates that an
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
- 'aligningDown' indicates that a
downwards data comparison is in
progress
- 'misAligned' indicates either that
the data are known not to be aligned
or that the data comparison has
failed.
- 'inConfig' indicates that the data
of one of the concerned entity is
under the process of being changed.
- 'aligned' indicates that the data
are known to be aligned.
- 'auditing' can be used to indicate
that an audit is in progress.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is
misaligned, this attribute will have

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
27/26

"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":allowIMSIAtt
achDetach
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"NML":cell
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
rnim=2 common=3 mfsne=4
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
[basicErrorInformation
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
string:<GraphicString> |
date:<GeneralizedTime>
...}],
[additionalErrorInformat
ion
{{xidentifier
<OBJECT-IDENTIFIER>,
significance <BOOLEAN>,
information
<ANY>}
...}],
[attributeErrorInformati
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
[bscError {{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<BOOLEAN>
the value of the last processing

failure that caused the misalignment
This attribute controls whether the

IMSI attach/detach procedure is used
in the cell. The value TRUE means
that IMSI attach/detach is used.
Ref. GSM 04.08.
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
dependency=5 degraded=6
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
28/27

"NML":cell
"N8ML":azimuth
GR
Azimuth
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"N8ML":bBTsPerCellN
umber
"GSM
12.20":bCCHFrequenc
y
Go
AbsoluteRF
ChannelNo
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":bSS-Release
Go
BssRelease
"NML":cell
"C6ML":bTS-Q-LENGTH
GR
Number
<ENUMERATED=b10=100
b11=110>
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":bsIdentityCo
de
GR
BSIdentity
Code
{ncc
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
"NML":cell
"NML":bscGSMGeneral
ObjectID
Go
GsmGeneral
ObjectID
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":btsSiteManage
rIDSecondary
Go
GsmGeneral
ObjectID
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":cCCH-CONF
Go
CcchConf
"NML":cell
"COML":cELL-BARQUALIFY
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=one-ccch=0
one-ccch-comb=1
twoccch=2>
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CMB":cELL-
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
bcc
This attribute indicates the antenna

direction orientation (azimuth) for
the sector the corresponding cell is
mapped onto (from an OMC viewpoint).
of BBTs per cell.
This attribute contains the absolute
radio frequency channel number of
the BCCH channel of adjacent cells.
This information is sent to the
mobile station.
This
attribute
indicates
the
software release of the BSS.
number of Assignment Requests and
Handover Requests that can be queued
simultaneously.
This attribute contains the Base
Station Identity Code (BSIC), which
is transmitted on the SCH and used
for identifying a BTS. The BSIC
consists of the Network Colour Code
(NCC) and the Base Station Colour
Code (BCC). Refer to Specification
GSM 04.08.
This attribute is used to point onto
the alcatelBsc which manages the
cell.
of the btsSiteManagerID attribute
for the BTS on which the secondary
sector of a cell is mapped.
This
attribute
gives
the
configuration of the CCCH.
This
attribute
indicates
cell
priority.
Rules:
TRUE
=
lowest
priority
Remark:
present
if
cELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = TRUE.
This
attribute
indicates
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
29/29

RESELECT-OFFSET
ue
"NML":cell
"COML":cELLRESELECT-PARAM-IND
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":callReestabl
ishmentAllowed
"GSM
12.20":cellAllocati
on
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
GR
CellAlloca
tion
{<INTEGER> ...}
"NML":cell
"NML":cellAllocatio
nDCS
GR
CellAlloca
tion
{<INTEGER> ...}
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":cellBarred
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":cellCapacity
Class
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":cellCiphSet
GR
CellCiphSe
t
{noCiph <BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>}
"NML":cell
a51
a52
a53
a54
a55
a56
a57
permanet
offset
to
the
C2
reselection criterion.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence of C2 cell reselection
parameters in the message. Rules:
FALSE = C2 parameter not present,
TRUE = C2 parameter present.
This attribute indicates whether
call re-establishment is allowed in
the cell.
This attribute defines the set of
radio
frequencies
allocated
and
available to a cell. The first
element sets the BCCH frequency.
radio frequencies allocated in the
band DCS 1800 or 1900. For other
bands, the GSM 12.20 cellAllocation
attribute is used.
Mobile Stations may camp on the
cell. The value TRUE indicates that
the cell is barred and camping on
the cell is forbidden. Refer to
Specification
GSM
05.08
(CELL_BAR_ACCESS).
This
attribute
indicates
the
capacity class of the cell, measured
on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to
100.
This attribute represents a list of
flag
indicating
what
are
the
ciphering algorithms allowed by the
operator (each bit represents an A5
algorithm). When several algorithms
can
be
selected
(depending
on
network
configuration,
MS
capabilities and operator choice),
the one with the highest A5 number
is used.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
30/29

"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":cellGlobalId
entity
GR
CellGlobal
Identity
{lai
{mcc
<OCTETSTRING>,
mnc
<OCTETSTRING>, lac <INTEGER>},
ci <INTEGER>}
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":cellReselect
Hysteresis
GR
CellResele
ctHysteres
is
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"NAML":cellRimNaccC
apability
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"NML":checkActivati
onErrorList
Go
CheckAndAc
tivationEr
rorList
"NML":cell
"CBML":ciSi
GR
CellIdenti
ty
{{objectInError
<ObjectInstance>,
actionType
<ENUMERATED=checkPrcCell
=1
checkWithHW=2
activateProvisioningCell
=3
activateProvisioningDoma
in=4 checkActivation=5>,
[checkCellError
<INTEGER>],
[checkWithHWError
<INTEGER>],
[activateErrorStatus
<INTEGER>]} ...}
<INTEGER>
This attribute contains the Cell

Identification (CI) and the Location
Area of the cell. A Location Area is
unique within a GSM PLMN a Cell
Identification is unique within a
location area. For further details
see Specification GSM 03.03.
The cellReselectHysteresis attribute
indicates the value of the receiver
RF power level hysteresis required
for
cell
reselection.
Refer
to
Specification GSM 05.08.
This attribute indicates wheter the
cell is RIM_NACC capable or not.
This parameter is introduced for
UTRAN to know if NACC is activated
in 2G cells.
This attribute stores the errors
occuring during the last check or
the last activation processing.
This attribute indicates specific

Cell Identity to be broadcasted in
the SI3 and SI6 messages instead of
the value of the other O&M parameter
<CI>. When set to 0, it indicates
that the feature is de-activated,
i.e the existing CI is sent in SI3
and SI6.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
31/31

"NML":cell
"N8ML":dtmCapabilit
y
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CAML":dtxIndicator
SacchAmrWbGmsk
GR
DtxIndicat
orSacchAmr
WbGmsk
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":dtxUplink
GR
DtxUplink
<INTENUM=msMayUseUlDTxAm
rWbGmsk=0
msShallUseUlDTxAmrWbGmsk
=1
msShallNotUseUlDTxAmrWbG
msk=2>
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTx=0
msShallUseDTx=1
msShallNotUseDTx=2>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":dtxUplinkAMR
GR
DtxUplinkA
MR
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTxAMR=
0
msShallUseDTxAMR=1
msShallNotUseDTxAMR=2>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":dtxUplinkAMR
GR
DtxUplinkA
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTxAMRH

cell is DTM-capable or not. This
attribute is introduced for 3G 2G
HO/reselection purpose. The UTRAN
chooses preferably a 2G cell DTM
capable.
This attribute controls uplink DTX
usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies
only for AMR WB GMSK.
This
attribute
specifies
the
Discontinuous
Transmission
(DTX)
mode to be used by the Mobile
Stations. The implementation of DTX
for the uplink is compulsory in the
Mobile Station and the Base Station
System. However, its actual use is
under control of the operator. GSM
04.08 allows for three availability
options to be broadcast to the MS.
The information as to whether a MS
can use uplink DTX is transmitted in
the Cell Options of the SYSINFO3
message. The alternatives are the
following:
- Uplink DTX is on in the BTS and
usage is under the control of the MS
(MS may use DTX)
all MSs must use it. (MS shall use
DTX)
- Uplink DTX is off in the BTS. (MS
shall not use DTX).
This attribute indicates if a GSM
phase 2 MS may use, shall use or
shall not use uplink DTX for AMR-NB
FR speech calls.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
32/32

-HR
MRHR
R=0 msShallUseDTxAMRHR=1
msShallNotUseDTxAMRHR=2>
"NML":cell
"COML":dtxUplinkHR
GR
DtxUplinkH
R
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTxHR=0
msShallUseDTxHR=1
msShallNotUseDTxHR=2>
"NML":cell
"COML":eFR-ENABLED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":eN-AMR-FR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":eN-AMR-HR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
GR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":eN-ExtendedCBCH
"COML":eN-RL-RECOV
"NML":cell
"C7ML":eN-TFO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":eN-TFO-MATCH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":eN-TFO-OPT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>

HR speech calls.
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM
phase 2 for HR. Applies for all
codec types except AMR-NB and AMRWB.
This attribute defines if the FR TCH
assignments can used the Enhanced
Full
rate
transcoding.
The
established communications are not
changed. If the transcoder and/or
the BTS equipment are not able to
support enhanced half rate, then the
eFR_ENABLED setting to TRUE will be
rejected.
not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in
the cell.
not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in
the cell.
not the extended CBCH is used.
This attribute enables or inhibits
the sending of CONNECTION FAILURE
INDICATION message to the BSC in
case of Radio LinkRecovery. Rules:
TRUE means 'enabled'.
Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function
for FR, EFR and HR is enabled or
disabled.
TFO
codec
mismatch
resolution
function (for FR, EFR and HR) is
TFO codec optimisation function is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
33/32

"NML":cell
"C7ML":eXT-BCCH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":emergencyCal
lRestricted
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CAML":en2g3gHoNoSe
rviceHo
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":en2gTo3gCell
Reselection
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":en2gTo3gtddC
ellReselection
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":en2gToLteFdd
CellReselection
GR
En2gToLteF
ddCellRese
lection
<ENUMERATED=disabled=0
enLteSearchActivated=1
enLteSearchDeactivated=2
enLteSearchActivatedNc2=
3
enLteSearchActivatedFlex
Prio=4>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":en3GHo
GR
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CAML":enAmrWbGmsk
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>

not extended BCCH is allowed to be
used in the cell.
The attribute determines whether
emergency calls are allowed to all
MSs or restricted to MSs belonging
to access classes in the range 11 to
15. The value TRUE indicates that
emergency calls are restricted. The
special access class ten (10) is
used to carry the value on the Air
Interface. See Specification 04.08.
This
attribute
allows
handovers
towards 3G cells for a given MS when
I.E. Service Handover is missing and
the load in the serving cell is high
(see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ).
This attribute indicates if the GSM
to UTRAN FDD cell reselections is
enabled/disabled and defines the 3G
search activation mode for MS in GMM
Ready state.
to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections
is enabled/disabled and defines the
3G search activation mode for MS in
GMM Ready state.
GSM to E-UTRAN FDD cell reselection
and
defines
the
LTE
search
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready
state. The adjacent EUARFCNs can be
configured at LTE cell level only
(ARFCN_LTE).Those EUARFCNs are used
in the <<blind>> search method.
2G-3G handover is enabled/disabled.
This attribute controls whether AMR
wideband FR in GMSK is allowed in
the cell.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
34/34

"NML":cell
"NML":cell
"CBML":enAntennaHop
ping
"C9ML":enDtm
GR
"NML":cell
"C8ML":enEgprs
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CAML":enFast3gRese
lection
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CBML":enFast3gLteR
eselection
"C6ML":enGprs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
BooleanTyp
e
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
GR
Go
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CBML":enHrForAmrWb
Gmsk
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CBML":enRandomiseF
bl2
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CBML":enRepDlFacch
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":enRepSacch
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":enReturnCsZo
GR
BooleanTyp
<BOOLEAN>
This attribute enable/disable the

support of <Antenna Hopping>.
support of dual transfer mode is
enabled/disabled.
EGPRS
traffic
in
the
cell
is
disabled (value FALSE) or enabled
(value TRUE).
This attribute enables a fast 3G
(FDD or TDD) cell reselection at 2G
CS call release.
This attribute enables a fast 3G/LTE
cell reselection.
This
GPRS
attribute
indicates
whether or not GPRS General Packet
Radio Service operation is allowed
in the cell.
This
attribute
enables/disables,
when the cell is loaded, the support
of the Half Rate allocation (at new
call establishment and during intercell handover) for possible AMR-WB
calls.
support of the <<randomisation of
fill bits in L2 message>> feature on
the DL Air interface of the cell.
That feature brings more protection
to voice calls using A5/1 encryption
algorithm.
This
attribute
enablesdDisables
repeated downlink FACCH for AMR-NB
or AMR-WB GMSK calls.
This
attribute
enables/disables
repeated SACCH for SAPI 0 frames in
case of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls
(for mobile station having indicated
the support of the feature).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
35/35

neHo
"NML":cell
"CBML":enTfoAmrNb
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CAML":enTfoAmrWb
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":enUnbalanced
OutputPower
"C9ML":enVgcs
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
GR
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":enableLoadMn
gtAccessClassBarrin
g
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":enableMASele
ction
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"COML":enablePaging
Barring
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":fddMultiratR
eporting
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
intracell handovers allowing to move

TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone
of PDCH/TCH allocation (intracell
handover cause 30) is enabled (value
TRUE) or disabled (value FALSE).
This attribute indicates flag to
enable/disable the use of the TFO
function in case of AMR-NB codec.
use of TFO function in case of AMRWB GMSK codec.
This attribute activates the feature
Unbalanced output power.
VGCS is enabled/disabled in the
cell.
not
the
access
class
barring
procedure based on TCH occupancy
conditions is enabled. The value of
this attribute is only significantif
the
enableAccessClassBarring
attribute contains 'TRUE'. This flag
can be used in high loaded areas to
be sure that priority MS can access
to the network.
not
the
selection
of
hopping
channels
according
to
the
mobileAllocation attribute value of
the
associated
frequencyHoppingSystem
object
instance
is
allowed
for
the
corresponding bts object instance.
This attibute activates/deactivates
the paging in order to forbid/allow
terminating calls in the cell.
of the strongest 3G cells to be
reported
by
the
MS
in
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
36/35

"NML":cell
"C9ML":fddReporting
Offset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":fddReporting
Threshold
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":fORCE-TFOHR-WHEN-LOADED
GR
ForceTFOHR
<ENUMERATED=tfoHrNotForc
ed=0
tfoHrOnly=1
tfoHrPreferred=2>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":fORCE-TFOVS-AMR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"COML":finalAdminis
trativeState
Go
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"NML":cell
"N7ML":forceTrxRslR
eshuffling
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"CMB":frequencyRang
e
GR
FrequencyR
ange
<ENUMERATED=p-gsm=0
dcs1800=1
e-gsm=2
dcs1900=3 gsm-dcs=4 egsm850=6
gsm-dcs=5
gan=7>
"NML":cell
"N8ML":geographical
Coordinates
GR
Geographic
alCoordina
tes
{longitude
<REAL>,
latitude
<REAL>,
significant <BOOLEAN>}
measurement report.
that
the
MS
shall
apply
to
measurements before reporting.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold above which the MS shall
report the measurements.
establishment of TFO in Half Rate
(HR or AMR-NB HR) when the cell is
loaded shall not be forced, shall be
performed or shall be preferred.
basic
functions
of
Tandem
Free
Operation
(TFO)
are
enabled
or
disabled for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and
HR SV1 codec types when the current
codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR.
This attribute indicates a requested
administrative state. It contains a
value that may be different from the
value of the administrativeState
attribute from Rec. X.721 which
reflects the current administrative
state.
reshuffling of TRX/RSL mapping is
enabled (value 'TRUE') or disabled
(value 'FALSE').
This
attribute
indicates
the
frequency range associated with the
corresponding
MOI.
If
the
MOI
represents a cell, it corresponds to
the frequency range of the cell
otherwise, it corresponds to the HW
frequency range capability.
This
attribute
indicates
the
geographical position of the BTS
supporting the corresponding cell
(from an OMC viewpoint).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
37/36

"NML":cell
"CBML":geranPriorit
y
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":hR-ENABLED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"COML":hoppingType
GR
HoppingTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=noHopping=0
basebandHopping=1
radioHopping=2
nh-rh=3
unknown=255>
"NML":cell
"N7ML":inactiveHopp
ingType
GR
HoppingTyp
e
basebandHopping=1
radioHopping=2
nh-rh=3
unknown=255>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":inbandPaging
Thr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":isReflexiveR
eselection
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":kEEP-CODECHO
GR
KeepCodecH
O
<ENUMERATED=freeChoice=0
maintainCodecForTFOonly=
This attribute gives the priority

for the serving cell. Used for cell
reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE.
This attribute defines if the TCH
assignments will allow to support
halRate
transcodingunder
resource
control conditions. The established
communications are not changed. If
the
transcoder
and/or
the
BTS
equipment are not able to support
half
rate,
then
the
HR_ENABLED
setting to TRUE will be rejected.
The
hoppingType
attribute
is
calculated by the agent as result of
the checkCell action and is used to
set up the relatedRadioCarrier of
the
alcatelBasebandTransceiver
if
the hoppingType stands noHopping or
basebandHopping.
This
attribute
defines
the
alternative hoppingType that can be
switched on the active configuration
if the quick toggle function has
been required by the operator.
eMLPP
priority
included
in
the
Paging message from the MSC is
higher
than
or
equal
to
this
parameter,
then
the
BSS
shall
trigger in-band paging within cells,
that are identified to be paged from
the PAGING message, and that have
existing VGC active.
If this attribute contains 'TRUE',
the BCCH frequency of the serving
cell will be included in the list of
possible
frequencies
for
reselection.
This attribute indicates if, in case
of internal handover, it shall be

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
38/38

1
maintainCodecForAllCalls
=2>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":lSA-OFFSET
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":loadEvPeriod
GPRS
GR
LoadEvPeri
od
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":mSTxPwrMaxCC
H
GR
TxPower
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":mateCellId
GR
MateCellId
Type
mateCell:{lai
<OCTET-STRING>,
<OCTET-STRING>,
<INTEGER>},
<INTEGER>}
nomateCell:<NULL>
"NML":cell
"C8ML":maxGprsCs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":maxNumberRet
GR
MaxRetrans
<ENUMERATED=one=1
four=4 seven=7>
{mcc
mnc
lac
ci
|
two=2
tried to keep the codec for TFO

calls only or for all calls or if
the choice of the target cell is
free.
This attribute contains an offset to
be used for LSA cell reselection
between cells with the same LSA
priorities.
of load samples (computed with a
periodicity
indicated
in
tchUsageInfoPeriod) used to compute
the maximum number of slave PDCHs
that the BSC can allocate to the
MFS.
identifies
a
location
where
an
The mSTxPwrMaxCCH attribute is used
to indicate the maximum transmit
power level a MS may use when
accessing the cell until commanded
otherwise. See Specification GSM
05.08
(MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH).
This
parameter is also used in order to
evaluate the path loss criterion
parameter (C1) of a cell. See
The mate Cell ID attribute is used
as the identifying link between the
inner and the outer cells of an
extended cell. It has the value
'nomateCell'
if
the
rnlCellType
attribute
is
not
equal
to
'extendedInner' nor 'extendedOuter'.
coding scheme used for GPRS traffic
in the cell.
The value of the attribute is the
maximum number of retransmissions a

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
39/38

ransmission
"NML":cell
"C9ML":maxVgcsTs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":minVgcsTs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"NML":mfsAdministra
tiveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"NML":cell
"N9ML":mfsAlarmStat
us
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"NML":cell
"N9ML":mfsAlarmsAck
nowledgementStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"NML":cell
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatus
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
"NML":cell
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
aligningDown=1
{{errorOriginator
<ENUMERATED=bsc=1 omc=2
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
MS may perform on the RACH. Refer to

Specification
GSM
05.08
(MAX_RETRAN).
number of radio timeslots that can
be used by the VGCS calls in the
cell.
number of radio timeslots that are
reserved for the VGCS calls in the
cell in normal situation (point-topoint CS call can NOT use these
timeslots).
This attribute is similar to the
administrativeState attribute from
Rec.
X.721
but
for
GPRS
communications instead of circuit
communications.
alarmStatus
attribute
but
it
concerns alarms emitted by the MFSNE instead of alarms emitted by the
BSC-NE.
alarmsAcknowledgementStatus
attribute but it concerns alarms
emitted by the MFS-NE instead of
alarms emitted by the BSC-NE.
(CMB) alignmentStatus attribute but
for the MFS NE-related data instead
of the BSC NE-related data.
This attribute is set by the OMC to
trace errors which occurs during the
communication with the MFS NE.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
40/39

"NML":cell
"NML":mfsAvailabili
tyStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"NML":cell
"NML":mfsOperationa
lState
Go
Operationa
lState
"NML":cell
"CMB":multibandRepo
rting
GR
Additional
MultibandI
nfo
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
enabled=1>
null:<NULL>
|
multibandReporting:<ENUM
ERATED=val0=0
val1=1
val2=2 val3=3>

availabilityStatus
attribute
from
Rec.
X.721
but
for
GPRS
communications.
operationalState attribute from Rec.
X.721 but for GPRS communications
instead of circuit communications.
This attribute represents part of a
mandatory IE in both the SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 2ter and SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 5ter messages. The
parameter
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
is
sent by the network to the MS to
specify the minimum number of cells,

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
41/41

if available, to be reported by a
multiband MS on each suported band
in
MEASUREMENT
REPORT
message.
MULTIBAND_REPORTING can have the
following meanings:
- The MS shall report the six
strongest cells, irrespective of the
frequency band used,
- The MS shall report the strongest
cell of each supported band (if
available). The remaining positions
are
filled
with
the
remaining
- The MS shall report the two
strongest cells of each supported
band (if available). The remaining
positions
are
filled
with
the
remaining
strongest
cells,
irrespective of the frequency band
used. If the MS supports more than 3
frequency bands, it shall reports
only cells belonging to the 3
strongest bands,
- The MS shall report the three
positions
are
filled
with
the
remaining
strongest
cells,
frequency bands, it shall report
strongest bands. This IE has been
added in order to allow the network
to
manage
handovers
between
different bands for other reasons
than radio Power Level or Quality.
For instance, for load repartition
purpose, the BSS may decide to
transfer a Multiband MS from GSM-900

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
42/41

"NML":cell
"COML":n-BSTXPWR-M
GR
NBstxpwrM
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":nb-TS-FORBASIC-CBCH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":nb-TS-FOR-ECBCH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":nbrSDCCH
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":nbrSDCCHavai
lable
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":nbrTCH
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":nbrTCHavaila
ble
"GSM
12.20":noOfBlocksFo
rAccessGrant
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
NoOfBlocks
ForAccessG
rant
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":noOfMultifra
mesBetweenPaging
GR
NoOfMultif
ramesBetwe
enPaging
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":notAllowedAc
cessClasses
GR
AccessCont
rolClassSe
t
{<INTEGER> ...}
"NML":cell
to DCS-1800 band even if the 6

strongest neighbour cells are in
GSM-900 band.
This attribute defines the counter
threshold for a radio link recovery
action.
This attribute defines the number of
slots reserved for high priority
messages within the schedule period
for basic CBCH.
for extended CBCH.
of (static + dynamic) SDCCH subchannels.
of (static + dynamic) available
SDCCH sub-channels.
of TCH channels.
of available TCH channels.
This attribute specifies the number
of TDMA frames reserved for the
Access Grant channel during a period
of 51 TDMA frames (a multiframe).
For details refer to Specification
GSM 05.02.
This value denotes the number of
multiframes (51 frames) between two
transmissions of the same paging
message to mobiles of the same
paging group.
This attribute contains a list of MS
Access
Classes,
which
are
not
allowed to access the cell. It
should be noted that the access
class number ten (10) does not exist

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
43/41

"NML":cell
"C9ML":notifFacchOt
herVgcsCallThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":notifFacchPt
pCallThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":notifPchThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":numberOfSlot
sSpreadTrans
GR
TxInteger
<INTEGER>
as a normal access class it is used

to restrict emergency calls (see
also
attribute
emergencyCallRestricted).
For
further
details
refer
to
Specification 04.08.
threshold (eMLPP priority) is higher
than or equal to this parameters the
Notification message shall be sent
on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS
call.
than or equal to this parameters,
the Notification message shall be
sent on FACCH of all on-going point
to point call.
This
attribute
indicates
the
notification
threshold
for
notification over PCH. The BSS shall
consider, for Notification/PCH, only
VGCS-Calls which have a priority
(eMLPP priority) not below this
threshold. If more than one is
selected, all these voice group
calls shall be notified on PCH and
all with the same frequency of
occurrence.
The
numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans
attribute (TX Integer) is used to
represent the maximum number of RACH
slots a MS must wait, after an
unsuccessful random access attempt,
before a new random access. The MS
draws a random number between 0 and
the value of this parameter, in
order to decide when to start the
new access. Hence this parameter
allows the access retransmissions be

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
44/43

"NML":cell
"C9ML":numberNchBlo
cks
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM 12.20":ny1
GR
Ny1
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":ny2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
Go
"NML":cell
"X.721":operational
State
"CMB":pENALTY-TIME
GR
Operationa
lState
PenaltyTim
e
enabled=1>
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":pRIO-THR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":pWRC
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"COML":percentageSD
CCHavailable
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
spread over a fixed number of RACH

slots. The corresponding numbers of
slots used to spread transmission (3
to 50) is indicated in Specification
GSM 04.08.
This attribute indicates the the
maximum number of blocks reserved
for NCH.
The ny1 attribute indicates the
maximum number of repetitions of the
PHYSICAL INFORMATION message on the
radio interface (GSM 04.08). This
message is sent by the BTS to the MS
during a handover procedure between
two not synchronized cells, in order
to establish a physical channel
connection on the new cell.
number of repetitions for the VGCS
UPLINK
GRANT
message
during
an
uplink access procedure.
during which the MS shall apply
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
to
the
C2
criterion.
This attribute indicates the signal
threshold for applying LSA cell
reselection.
not
the
MS
shall
include
measurements made on BCCH frequency
in case of a frequency hopping
channel. Rule: The TRUE value means
that these measurements shall not be
included.
This
attribute
indicates
the
percentage of (static + dynamic)
SDCCH channels that are available.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
45/44

"NML":cell
"COML":percentageTC
Havailable
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":periodCCCHLo
adIndication
Go
PeriodCCCH
LoadIndica
tion
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":plmnPermitte
d
GR
PlmnPermit
ted
{timeUnit
<ENUMERATED=mSec=0 sec=1
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
timeValue <INTEGER>}
{<INTEGER> ...}
"NML":cell
"X.721":proceduralS
tatus
Go
Procedural
Status
"NML":cell
"C8ML":psPrefBcchTr
x
GR
IntegerVal
ue
"NML":cell
"C9ML":qsearchC
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":qsearchI
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":qsearchP
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
{<INTENUM=initialization
Required=0
notInitialized=1
initializing=2
reporting=3
terminating=4> ...}
<INTEGER>
This
attribute
indicates
the
percentage of TCH channels that are
available.
This value indicates the frequency
with which the CCCH load indication
is sent to the BSC. Refer to GSM
08.58,'CCCH LOAD INDICATION'
This attribute contains the values
of the Network Colour Code (NCC) for
an
accessing
MS.
Refer
to
Specification
GSM
05.08
(NCC_PERMITTED).

not
the
PS
requests
shall
be
preferentially served with PDCH(s)
of the BCCH TRX.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold for searching for 3G cells
in dedicated mode depending whether
the received signal level of the
serving cell is below or above the
threshold.
This
attribute
indicates
the
This
attribute
indicates
the
in
GPRS
depending
whether
the
received
level
average
of
the
threshold.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
46/46

"NML":cell
"CBML":qSearchPLte
GR
IntegerVal
ue
RachRxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"A12.20":rACHBusyTh
reshold
Go
"NML":cell
"A12.20":rACHLoadAv
eragingSlots
Go
RachLoadAv
eragingSlo
ts
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":rADIOLINKTIMEOUT-BS
GR
RadioLinkT
imeoutBS
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":radiolinkRep
DlSacch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":repDlFacchLe
gacySupport
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":repDlFacchTh
resAmrFr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":repDlFacchTh
resAmrHr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
This attribute is used for cell

This attribute defines a threshold
for the received signal level during
the RACH bursts. A signal level
exceeding
this
threshold
is
interpreted as a busy RACH. Refer to
Specifications GSM 08.58, RACH Load.
RACH
bursts
over
which
RACH
measurements are performed. Refer to
Specifications GSM 08.58 RACH Load.
Counter threshold to detect a radio
link failure on the uplink path, for
non AMR calls, or for AMR calls (NB
or WB) for which Repeated SACCH and
Repeated DL FACCH are activated.
This attribute indicates repeated DL
SACCH activation threshold for UL
RLT (Radio Link Timer) counter.
Dynamic activation is triggered in
the BTS when the UL RLT counter is
inferior or equal to that threshold.
This
attribute
indicates
legacy
support for repeated downlink FACCH
for AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls.
This parameter concerns only the
LAPDm command frames.
FACCH activation threshold for AMRNB FR calls. Dynamic activation is
done as long as the codec mode
request (CMR value) is inferior or
equal to that threshold.
FACCH activation threshold for AMRNB HR calls. Dynamic activation is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
47/47

"NML":cell
"CBML":repDlFacchTh
resAmrWb
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":rMS-EN-EXTMEAS-REP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":rMS-ExtMeas-Rep-List
GR
RMSExtMeas
RepList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"NML":cell
"C7ML":rMS-TEMPLATE
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":rMS-tA-STAT
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":raColor
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":radioLinkTim
eout
GR
RadioLinkT
imeout
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":radioLinkTim
GR
RadioLinkT
<INTEGER>

FACCH activation threshold for AMRWB GMSK calls. Dynamic activation is
extended measurement reporting for
Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation
This attribute defines the list of
ARFN
values
used
for
extended
measurement
reporting
in
Radio
Measurements Statistics. This list
shall include the BCCH frequency. It
is ordered from the lowest to the
highest ARFN value, except for the
ARFN value 0 which, if present, is
mandatorily at the end of the list.
This attribute contains the RMS
template number assigned to the
cell.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
on
timing
advance
to
define the cell limit used for Radio
Measurements Statistics.
This attribute indicates the Routing
Area Colour for GPRS.
The radioLinkTimeout attribute is
used to indicate the maximum value
of the radio link counter needed to
detect a radio link failure. This
value is used by the MS procedure
and may also be used for the BSS
procedure. See Specification GSM
05.08 for more information. This
attribute corresponds to the radio
sub-system link control parameter
RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT.
This attribute indicates the initial

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
48/48

eoutAmr
imeoutAmr
"NML":cell
"CAML":radioLinkTim
eoutBsAmr
GR
RadioLinkT
imeoutBsAm
r
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":relatedSecon
darySector
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"NML":cell
"CNML":rnlAdjWhereT
arget
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
{<ObjectInstance> ...}
"NML":cell
"COML":rnlCellType
Go
CellType
<ENUMERATED=single=0
concentric=1 umbrella=2
micro=3
umbrellaConcentric=4
mini=5
extendedInner=6
extendedOuter=7
miniConcentric=8
microConcentric=9
indoor=10
value of MS counter for radio link

supervision, for a call using an AMR
codec (NB or WB) and for which
Repeated SACCH and/or Repeated DL
FACCH are not activated.
This attribute indicates the counter
threshold to detect a radio link
failure on the uplink path for calls
using an AMR codec (NB or WB) and
for which Repeated SACCH and/or
Repeated DL FACCH are not activated.
This attribute is a relationship
attribute required to support the
cell shared feature. More precisely,
- For a cell MOI: this attribute
indicates
the
secondary
rnlAlcatelSector MOI associated with
this cell (the primary sector is
accessed via the rnlSupportingSector
attribute).
- For a alcateBts-Sector MOI: this
attribute indicates the secondary
alcatelBts-Sector
MOI
associated
with
this
primary
sector.
This
attribute contains the NULL value
(notAvailable alternative) if the
cell is not shared between two
sectors.
This attribute contains the list of
adjacencies
where
the
cell
is
referenced as TargetCell.
This
attribute
gives
general
information
on
the
cell
(cell
dimension,
cell
coverage,
cell
partition, cell range). For more
details,
see
the
CellType
definition.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
49/48

indoorMultiband=11
gan=12>
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"N7ML":rnlGPRSmSTxP
wrMaxCCH
GR
TxPower
"NML":cell
"NML":rnlNetworkCel
lID
Go
NetworkCel
lID
{applicationID
<GraphicString>, cellRef
<INTEGER>}
"NML":cell
"NML":rnlSupporting
Sector
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":rxLevAccessM
in
GR
RxLev
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":sCHEDULEPERIOD
GR
SchedulePe
riod
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":sCHEDULEPERIOD-E-CBCH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":solsaFunctLe
vel
GR
SolsaFunct
Level
<ENUMERATED=limitedDisab
led=0
disabled=1
limited=2 simplified=3>

TX power level an MS may use when
accessing the system.
This attribute is used for naming
cell instances. It consists of the
following fields :
- name of the application which has
created the cell
- unique application cell reference
within the application (not reused).
This attribute gives the supporting
Sector identifier.
The rxLevAccessMin attribute is used
to indicate the minimum receive
level at the MS required for access
to the system. See Specification GSM
05.08
(RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN).
This
parameter is used in order to
parameter (C1) of a cell (GSM
05.08).
This attribute gives the length of a
schedule periode of the DRX scheme.
Rules:
0
means
DRX
scheme
is
deactivated.
This attribute defines the Length of
the DRX schedule period for the
extended CBCH.
The SoLSA (Support of Localised
Service Areas) feature requires new
SYSTEM-INFO messages to be managed
on the Abis/Air interfaces, namely
SI16 and SI17. However, depending on
the hardware generation and family
of the BTS, the BTS may not be able
to cope with these new SIs which
shall
thus
not
be
sent.
This

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
50/50

"NML":cell
"C9ML":startUplinkR
eply
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":t-FILTER
GR
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":t-INTRF-L3
GR
TimerLayer
3
TIntrfL3
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":t200Tf
GR
T200TF
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":t200Th
GR
T200TH
<INTEGER>
attribute
indicates
whether
the
SoLSA feature is enabled or disabled
and, in each case, whether or not
these new SIs shall be sent on the
Abis/Air interfaces. More precisely,
it can take the following values:
- limitedDisabled: The SoLSA feature
is disabled and no SI16/SI17 are
sent on the Abis/Air interfaces
- disabled: The SoLSA feature is
disabled and empty SI16/SI17 are
- limited: The SoLSA feature is
enabled and no SI16/SI17 are sent on
the Abis/Air interfaces
- simplified: The SoLSA feature is
enabled and empty/full SI16/SI17 are
sent on the Abis/Air interfaces.
number of repetitions for the UPLINK
FREE message (with the Uplink Access
Request bit set to L) during the
initial part of the uplink access
procedure (i.e. before sending the
first UPLINK FREE message with the
Uplink Access request bit set to H).
This attribute allows to filter
handover alarms.
This
attribute
indicates
the
repetition time for sending the RF
RESOURCE
INDICATION
MESSAGE
TRANSMITTED TO THE BSC Remark: To
avoid an overload in the BSC because
of
too
many
messages
received,
T_INTRF_L3 should not be set too
low.
This
attribute
describes
the
supervision of acknowledgements for
FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0.
This
attribute
describes
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
51/50

"NML":cell
"COML":t3105-D
GR
T3105D
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":t3105-D-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":t3105-F-FR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":t3105-F-HR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":t3105-F-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"COML":t3106-D
GR
T3106D
<INTEGER>

FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0.
This
timer
is
used
for
the
repetition
of
the
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION
message
during
the
handover procedure. It is dedicated
to SDCCH. T3103 > NY1 * T3105D (with
timers using the same time unit).
This attribute defines the criteria
to stop the timerT3105_D. Rules:
- The FALSE value means that the
timer
T3105-D
is
stopped
on
reception of an SABM frame.
- The TRUE value means that the
timer T3105_Dis stopped on reception
of
a
correct
L2
signalling
frame(SDCCH or SACCH).
This
timer
is
used
for
the
repetition
of
the
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message for FR channels
during the handover procedure . It
is dedicated to FACCH.
This
timer
is
used
for
the
repetition
of
the
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message for HR channels
during the handover procedure. It is
dedicated to FACCH.
to stop the timer T3105_F. Rules:
timer
T3105_F
is
stopped
on
timer
T3105_F
is
stopped
on
reception of a correct L2 signalling
frame (FACCH or SACCH) or a correct
TCHframe.
Thist imer is used for synchronous
handover
when
no
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message is needed to be

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
52/51

"NML":cell
"COML":t3106-D-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"COML":t3106-F
GR
T3106F
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":t3106-F-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":t3115
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
sent to the MS. It defines a waiting

time for an MS connection. It is
dedicated to SDCCH. T3103 > T3106D
(with timers using the same time
unit).
to stop the timer T3106_D. Rules:
timer
T3106_D
is
stopped
on
- The TRUE value means thatthetimer
T3106_D is stopped on reception of a
correct L2 signalling frame(SDCCH or
SACCH).
This timer is used for synchronous
handover
when
no
PHYSICAL
dedicated to FACCH. T3103 > T3106F
unit).
timer
T3106_F
is
stopped
on
The
TRUE
value
means
thatthetimerT3106_D is stopped on
either
a
correct
L2
signalling
frame(FACCH or SACCH) or a correct
TCH frame.
repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT
message during the uplink access
procedure. If the timer expires
before the reception of a correctly
decoded frame from MS, the BTS
repeats
the
VGCS
UPLINK
GRANT
message to the requesting MS.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
53/52

"NML":cell
"CAML":tddQoffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"COML":tEMPORARYOFFSET
GR
TemporaryO
ffset
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":tHR-FR-LOADL-SV1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C7ML":tHR-FR-LOADU-SV1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":thrEcnoHo
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":tRepetitionC
hannelRelease
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
Offset added to the received level

average of the serving cell and of
the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN
TDD cell re-selection.
This attribute applies a negative
offset to C2 for the duration
defined
by
the
PENALTY_TIME
atribute.
Remark:
present
if
This attribute indicates the lower
load threshold for allocation policy
definition in a dual rate cell. The
value 100 % disables the feature
'Half rate allocation in case of
congestion'. Mandatory rules:
- tHR-FR-LOAD-L-SV1 value <= tHR-FRLOAD-U-SV1 value
- tHR-FR-LOAD-L-SV1 value >= tHR-FRLOAD-L-SV3 value
of AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMRhandover
NB
channel
adaptation
(Cause 26 and Cause 27) in a dual
rate cell.
This attribute indicates the higher
definition in a dual rate cell.
of AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMRNB
channel
adaptation
handover
rate cell.
This attribute indicates the Ec/No
threshold above which a handover to
UTRAN may be triggered.
This
attribute
indicates
the
repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE
message sent on FAACH.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
54/54

"NML":cell
"C9ML":tRepetitionU
plinkFree
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C9ML":thrCellLoad3
gReject
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CAML":thrCellLoad3
gReq
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":thresh2GLow
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CBML":threshPriori
tySearch
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":thresholdCCC
HLoadIndication
Go
ThresholdC
CCHLoadInd
ication
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"CMB":timeAdvanceFi
lter
GR
TimeAdvanc
eFilter
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"GSM
12.20":timerPeriodi
cUpdateMS
GR
TimerPerio
dicUpdateM
S
<INTEGER>
This attribute indicates the delay

between consecutive of the UPLINK
FREE message sent to the mobile
station. The UPLINK FREE messages
shall be repeated as long as no
uplink is granted to a mobile.
This attribute indicates the load
threshold determining whether a 3G
to 2G handover request shall be
rejected in load situation. The
feature is deactivated by setting
this attribute to its maximum value,
namely 100%.
threshold on the serving cell below
which handovers towards 3G cells are
forbidden when I.E. Service Handover
is
missing
(whatever
EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO value).
This attribute gives the threshold
of the GSM serving cell (and all
measured GSM cells). Used for cell
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold for the serving cell that
controls
inter-RAT
measurements.
Used for cell reselection by a LTEcapable MS/UE.
This value is a threshold used by
the BTS to inform the BSC on the
load of CCCH. Refer to GSM 08.58,
'CCCH LOAD INDICATION'
advance
limit
beyond
which
the
Channel
Required
messages
are
filtered.
This
attribute
specifies
the
interval
for
the
MS
periodic
location updates. The value zero
indicates that the MS should not

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
55/55

"NML":cell
"C6ML":timerTIA
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"C6ML":timerTPDA
Go
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
"NML":cell
"C6ML":timerTPUA
Go
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
"NML":tscValue
GR
TscValue
<INTEGER>
"NML":cell
Go
Go
UnknownSta
tus
UsageState
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":cell
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"X.721":usageState
"NML":cell
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
"NML":cell
"COML":waitIndicati
onForCallReestablis
hment
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"NML":cell
"COML":waitIndicati
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
active=1 busy=2>
<GraphicString>
perform
any
periodic
location
updates.
time
a
CS
IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT
message can remain in the AGCH
queue.
time an Immediate Assignment message
for a DL TBF establishment on PCH
remains in the PCH queue.
for a UL or DL TBF establishment on
AGCH remains in the AGCH queue.
This attribute contains the Training
Sequence Code (TSC) for any (packet)
channel of the cell except for BCCH,
CCCH and CBCH.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
The waitIndication attributes are
significant
if
the
enableImmediateAssignmentReject
attribute is set to TRUE. They are
used in case of SDCCH congestion and
define the value that are sent to
the MS in an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
REJECT message to specify how long
it should wait before sending a new
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
situation of Emergency Call, Call
Reestablishment, Originating Call,
and other procedures.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
56/55

onForEmergencyCall
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"NML":cell
"COML":waitIndicati
onForOriginatingCal
l
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"NML":cell
"COML":waitIndicati
onForOtherProcedure
s
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"NML":cell
"C9ML":waitUplinkAc
cess
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
significant
if
the
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
significant
if
the
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
significant
if
the
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
57/56

"NML":cell
"NML":warningList
Go
WarningLis
t
{{warningobject
<ObjectInstance>,
actionType
<ENUMERATED=checkPrcCell
=1
checkWithHW=2
activateProvisioningCell
=3
activateProvisioningDoma
in=4 checkActivation=5>,
[checkCellWarningStatus
<ENUMERATED=pdchGroupPre
sentIsNotAllowedWithenGp
rsFalse=1
aPDCHGroupOfaTRXHasBeenE
xtended=2
unknownCellForCheckCellA
ction=3
nbrOfDRPREFERREDIsGreaterThanNb
rOfTreInFrequencyRange=4
>],
[checkWithHWWarningStatu
s
<ENUMERATED=arfcnNotSpac
edOutByThree=1
checkPerformedOnProvisio
nedHardwareOnly=2
eFRENABLEDRequiresDT16Board
sOnTCTranscoder=3
hRENABLEDRequiresDT16Board
sOnTCTranscoder=4

Request bit set to L) per cycle,
during the non-initial part of the
uplink access procedure (i.e. after
sending
the
first
UPLINK
FREE
message
with
the
Uplink
Access
Request bit set to H). Each time the
value of this counter becomes zero,
the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message
with the Uplink Access Request bit
set to H.
This attribute holds the warning
results of the previous action which
can be :
- the activation of a provisionning
domain
- the activation of a cell list
- the check Activation of the PRC.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
58/57

enData144RequiresDT16Boa
rdsOnTCTranscoder=5
unknownCellForCheckHWCel
lAction=6
nbrOfBBTsInTheBcchRangeW
ithDrPreferredExceedsNbr
OfDrTresForThatBand=7
nbrOfBBTsInTheNonBcchRan
geWithDrPreferredExceeds
NbrOfDrTresForThatBand=8
noTCavailableToSupportAM
R=9
noTCavailableToSupportTF
O=10>],
[activateWarningStatus
<ENUMERATED=cellyyyAdjac
encyxxxUnresolved=1
cellzzzBecomesUnlocated=
2
tobeDeletedCellLacCixxxN
otFound=3
interbandAdjacencyNotAll
owedFromThisBSS=4
multibandHONotAllowedFro
mThisCell=5
bSCModificationsIgnoredI
nMLUMode=6
adjacencyAlreadyExistsBe
tweenTheseCells=7
bscGPRSModificationsIgno
redInMLUMode=8>]} ...}
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":ci3g
GR
CellIdenti
ty
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":en3gDiversit
y
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":uarfcn
GR
UARFCN
<INTEGER>
This attribute indicates the Cell

Identifier of a 3G cell as defined
in 3GPP TS 25.401.
diversity is applied (value TRUE) or
not
(value
FALSE)
for
the
corresponding 3G cell.
This attribute indicates a FDD/TDD
UTRAN
Absolute
Radio
Frequency

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
59/59

"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":global3gCell
Identity
Go
Global3gCe
llIdentity
{mcc3g
<OCTET-STRING>,
mnc3g
<OCTET-STRING>,
local3gCi <INTEGER>}
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":lac3g
GR
LocationAr
eaCode
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"CBML":priority3g
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"CBML":qrxlevmin3g
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"CBML":rat3g
Go
Rat3g
<ENUMERATED=fdd=0 tdd=1>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":rncId
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"CNML":rnlAdjWhereT
arget
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
Channel
Number
(FDD/TDD
UTRAN
ARFCN).
This attribute indicates the Global
Cell Id of a 3G cell. It contains a
Mobile Country Code (MCC), Mobile
Network Code (MNC) and Local Cell Id
as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. Its
value identifies uniquely the 3G
cell within a PLMN. It is the
responsability of the entity that
creates the cell to ensure this
unicity
This
attribute
indicates
the
Location Area Code as defined in
3GPP TS 24.008. It is used in the
HANDOVER COMMAND message.
identifies
a
location
where
an
This
attribute
indicates
the
priority
associated
to
a
given
UARFCN explicitely broadcasted by
the BSS. Used for cell reselection
by a LTE-capable MS/UE.
received level required for a given
UARFCN broadcasted by the BSS. Used
for cell reselection by a LTEcapable MS/UE.
This attribute indicates UMTS radio
access technology of an external 3G
cell.
This attribute indicates the RNC
Identifier
or
the
Extended
RNC
Identifier as defined in 3GPP TS
25.401. It is used in HO Required
message sent to the MSC.
adjacencies
where
the
cell
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
60/59

"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"C9ML":scramblingCo
de3g
GR
Scrambling
Code3g
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"CBML":thresh3gHigh
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"CBML":thresh3gLow
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
Omc3gCell
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":eGlobalLteCe
llIdentity
Go
EGlobalLte
CellIdenti
ty
{mccLte <OCTET-STRING>,
mncLte
<OCTET-STRING>,
ciLte <INTEGER>}
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":eUARFCN
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":measurementB
andwidth
GR
Measuremen
tBandwidth
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":priorityLte
GR
Number
<ENUMERATED=nRB6=0
nRB15=1 nRB25=2 nRB50=3
nRB75=4 nRB100=5>
<INTEGER>
This attribute indicates the Primary

Scrambling Code of a 3G cell, as
defined in 3GPP TS 25.213.
This
attribute
indicates
the
Threshold (high) associated to a
given UARFCN explicitely broadcasted
by
the
BSS.
Used
for
cell
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold (low) associated to a
given UARFCN explicitely broadcasted
by
the
BSS.
Used
for
cell
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute indicates the E-UTRAN
Global Cell Id of an LTE cell. It
contains
a
Mobile
Country
Code
(MCC), Mobile Network Code (MNC) and
a Cell Identifier as defined in 3GPP
TS 36.300. Its value identifies
uniquely the LTE cell within a PLMN.
It is the responsability of the
entity that creates the cell to
ensure this unicity.
This attribute indicates downlink
FDD E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel
Number
(EUARFCN)
of
an
external LTE FDD cell.
identifies
a
location
where
an
of resources blocks (NRB) over which
an MS/UE LTE-capable could measure.
This
attribute
indicates
the
priority
associated
to
a
given
EUARFCN explicitely broadcasted by
the BSS. Used for cell reselection

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
61/61

"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":qrxlevminLte
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":ratLte
GR
RatLte
<ENUMERATED=fdd=0 tdd=1>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CNML":rnlAdjWhereT
arget
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":threshLteHig
h
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"CBML":threshLteLow
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcLteCell
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"NML":external
OmcCell
"CMB":aCmbLSA-ID-i
GR
LSAIDList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"CMB":aCmbRaCode
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsEnOutgo
ingGprsRedir
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsEnSolsa
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
"ABSS":aGprsGprsHcs
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
by a LTE-capable MS/UE.
received level required for a given
EUARFCN broadcasted by the BSS. Used
for cell reselection by a LTEcapable MS/UE.
This attribute defines the radio
access technology of an external LTE
cell.
adjacencies
where
the
cell
is
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold (high) associated to a
given
EUARFCN
explicitely
broadcasted by the BSS. Used for
cell reselection by a LTE-capable
MS/UE.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold (low) associated to a
given
EUARFCN
explicitely
MS/UE.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
GSM
04.60:
RA_CODE
field.
This
not outgoing GPRS redirections are
systematically triggered from the
serving cell.
support of localized service areas
in the BSS is enabled or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
62/61

OmcCell
"NML":external
OmcCell
Thr
"ABSS":aGprsGprsPen
altyTime
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsPri
orityClass
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsRes
electionOffset
"ABSS":aGprsGprsRxL
evAccessMin
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsGprsTem
poraryOffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsNcRepor
tingPeriodT
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"ABSS":aGprsNetwork
ControlOrder
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":bCCHFrequenc
y
Go
AbsoluteRF
ChannelNo
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":bsIdentityCo
de
GR
BSIdentity
Code
{ncc
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
"NML":external
OmcCell
"CMB":cELLRESELECT-OFFSET
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":cellGlobalId
GR
CellGlobal
Identity
{lai
{mcc
STRING>,
mnc
GR
GR
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
bcc
<OCTET<OCTET-
signal strength.
during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET
is active.
priority of the cell used in the NC0
mode.
This attribute indicates a permanent
offset for GPRS cell reselection.
received level at the MS required
for access to the system.
This
attribute
indicates
the
negative offset used for MS cell
reselection process.
This
attribute
indicates
the
reporting period of NC measurements
reported by the MS while in packet
transfer mode..
MS or the BSS controls the cell
reselections.
mobile station.
GSM 04.08.
This
attribute
indicates
the
permanet
offset
to
the
C2

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
63/62

entity
STRING>, lac <INTEGER>},

ci <INTEGER>}
"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":cellReselect
Hysteresis
GR
CellResele
ctHysteres
is
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"C6ML":enableBiBand
MS
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"COML":freeLevelDRn
GR
Freelevel
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"CMB":frequencyRang
e
GR
FrequencyR
ange
<ENUMERATED=p-gsm=0
dcs1800=1
e-gsm=2
dcs1900=3 gsm-dcs=4 egsm850=6
gsm-dcs=5
gan=7>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"COML":l-RXLEVNCELL-DRn
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"COML":mS-TXPWR-MAX
GR
MsTxPwr
<INTEGER>

for
cell
reselection.
Refer
to
not incoming handovers of bi-band
MSs from the preferred band are
enabled.
The
freeLevelDR(n)
attribute
indicates the minimum threshold of
free TCH channels in cell n for
directed retry. In case of Extended
Cell (Inner and Outer cell) this
parameter has the value 255.
This
attribute
indicates
the
corresponding
MOI.
If
the
MOI
This attribute contains the minimum
threshold of receive level at MS for
forced directed retry to neighbour
cell n.
identifies
a
location
where
an
RF power level which a MS is
permitted to use on a dedicated
control channel or a traffic channel
within
a
serving
cell.
This
parameter is used within the BSC.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
64/63

"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":mSTxPwrMaxCC
H
GR
TxPower
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"CMB":pENALTY-TIME
GR
PenaltyTim
e
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"CNML":rnlAdjWhereT
arget
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"NML":external
OmcCell
"CMB":rnlCellType
GR
CellType
"NML":external
OmcCell
"N7ML":rnlGPRSmSTxP
wrMaxCCH
GR
TxPower
<ENUMERATED=single=0
concentric=1 umbrella=2
micro=3
umbrellaConcentric=4
mini=5
extendedInner=6
extendedOuter=7
miniConcentric=8
microConcentric=9
indoor=10
indoorMultiband=11
gan=12>
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":rxLevAccessM
in
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
The parameter is not sent to the MS.

05.08
(MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH).
This
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
to
the
C2
criterion.
adjacencies
where
the
cell
is
This
attribute
gives
general
information
on
the
cell
(cell
dimension,
cell
coverage,
cell
partition, cell range). For more
details,
see
the
CellType
definition.

TX power level an MS may use when
accessing the system.
05.08
(RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN).
This

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
65/64

"NML":external
OmcCell
"GSM
12.20":rxLevMinCell
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":external
OmcCell
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":external
OmcCell
GR
TemporaryO
ffset
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":a-LEV-MCHO
GR
ALevMcho
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":a-PBGT-DR
GR
APbgtDr
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":a-QUAL-CAFR-HR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":a-QUAL-CAHR-FR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":aLLOC-ANYWAY
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
05.08).
This attribute holds the minimum
received signal strength in a cell,
for a MS to be handed over to that
cell. See Annex A of Specification
GSM 05.08 (RXLEV_MIN (n)). This is
an attribute of the object class
adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508
each
adjacent cell may thus have a
specific value.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
defined
by
the
PENALTY_TIME
atribute.
Remark:
present
if
This
attribute
is
an
averaging
window size for level of serving
cell
(microcell
high
threshold
handover).
This attribute defines the averaging
window size for level of neighbour
cell (forced directed retry).
This attribute defines the Quality
averaging window size for AMR-NB FRto-HR channel adaptation (Handover
Cause 27).
This attribute defines the quality
averaging window size for AMR-NB HRto-FR channel adaptation.
This attribute determines whether a
queued request can be allocated on
free resource at expiry of its
queuing timer independently of the
threshold indicated by the nUM-TCHattribute.
It
is
only
EGNCY-HO
relevant
when
nUM-TCH-EGNCY-HO
attribute value > 0.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
66/65

"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":aTrafficLoad
GR
ATrafficLo
ad
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":cELL-EV
GR
CellEv
<ENUMERATED=orderevaluation=0
gradeevaluation=1>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-DR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":eN-FASTTRAFFIC-HO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-FORCED-DR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-IC-HO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-INTRA-DL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":eN-INTRA-DLAMR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
The following attributes defines

parameters used in the traffic load
evaluation process, namely:
aTrafficLoad
defines
the
considered traffic Load Averaging
Window Size
- nTrafficLoad defines the traffic
Load Averaging Number: number of
consecutive load averages that are
taken into account
- loadEvPeriod defines the traffic
Load Averaging Period: number of
load samples used.
This attribute is an indicator of
the
chosen
cell
evaluation
algorithm: ORDER or GRADE for the
candidate cell ranking process.
This attribute enables or disables
the directed retry procedure. Rules:
The TRUE value means 'enabled'.
feature Fast traffic handover is
forced directed retry handoveris
inhibited or enabled. Rules: The
TRUE value means 'enabled'.
incoming handovers in the cell.
Rules:
The
TRUE
value
means
'enabled'.
This
flag
enables/disables
the
detection of 'intracell downlink'
handover cause (cause 16) for non
AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMRWB).
handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-NB
calls is enabled or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
67/67

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-INTRA-UL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":eN-INTRA-ULAMR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eNINTRACELL-REPEATED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":eN-LOADBALANCE
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-LOADORDER
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-MCHO-H-DL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-MCHO-H-UL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-MCHONCELL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
This
flag
enables/disables
the
detection
of
'intracell
uplink'
handover cause (cause 15) for non
AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMRWB).
detection
of
'intracell
uplink'
handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-NB
the
repetition
of
intracell
handover.
Rules:
TRUE
means
'enabled'.
balancing of load between the inner
and the outer zones of a multiband
cell is enabled or disabled.
not traffic load has to be taken
into account when setting up the
list of target cells for handover.
Therefore, this flag controls the
use of the Freefactor and Loadfactor
attributes in the calculation of
candidate cell list (ORDER or GRADE
cell evaluation modes). Rules: The
TRUE value means 'ORDER evaluation
mode enabled'.
This attribute enables the detection
of
level
downlink
microcell
handovers, high threshold. Rules:
TRUE means 'enabled'. Remark: HO
cause 18.
of level uplink microcell handovers,
high threshold. Rules: TRUE means
'enabled'. Remark: HO cause 17.
of 'high level in neighbour lower or
indoor cell' handover. Rules: 0 =

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
68/68

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-MCHORESCUE
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":eNMULTIBAND-PBGT-HO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eNPREFERRED-BAND-HO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
disable, 1 = enable. Remark: HO

cause 14.
This attribute enables microcell to
macrocell handovers on missing MS
measurement reports. Rules: TRUE
means 'enabled'. Remark: HO cause 7.
not the power budget handovers cause
12 and (from B8 onwards) the traffic
handovers Cause 23 between cells
belonging to different frequency
bands is enabled (value 'TRUE') or
disabled (value 'FALSE').
This attribute enables/inhibits the
event
detection
for
multiband
handover in the BSC. This event is
based on the multiband load level
and radio power level of the serving
cell in order to favour preferred
band cell selection in order to
improve the overall system traffic
capacity. To be able to trigger a
multiband handover per cell, the
operator
has
to
perform
the
appropriate settings of the eNINTERBAND-NEIGH attribute defined at
rnlAlcatelBSC level. The following
relationships are mandatory:
- if the BCCH frequency of the cell
is in the same band as the preferred
band, the eN-PREFERRED-BAND-HO has
to be set to FALSE. This rule is
achieved by the A1353 RA in the case
of a BCCH modification from the
classical band to the preferred band
or in case of a modification of the
preferredBand defined at bsc level:
the A1353 RA sets to FALSE the eNPREFERRED-BAND-HOfor the concerned
hoControl
instance(s)
and
no

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
69/68

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-RESCUE-UM
GR
PreferredL
ayerForEme
rgencyHo
<ENUMERATED=disable=0
enable=1 indefinite=2>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-RXLEV-DL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-RXLEV-UL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-RXQUAL-DL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-RXQUAL-UL
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eN-SPEEDDISC
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
attributeValueChange
notifications
will be generated to the USM.
If
the
eN-INTERBAND-NEIGH
attribute at bsc level is set to
FALSE all hoControl instances of the
main band are automatically set with
eN-PREFERRED-BAND-HO equal to FALSE.
This attribute allows to control
whether emergency handovers shall be
preferably directed to the upper
layer or to the lower layer or if it
is indefinite. It contains:
- ' enabled' when umbrella cells
shall be preferred
- 'disabled' when overlaid cells
shall be preferred
- 'indefinite' when there is no
preferred layer. When the cell is
not of type overlaid, the value of
this attribute is meaningless it is
always equal to 'enabled'.
level downlink handover is inhibited
or enabled. Rules: The TRUE means
'enabled'.
level uplink handover is inhibited
'enabled'.
quality
downlink
handover
is
inhibited or enabled. Rules: The
quality uplink handover is inhibited
'enabled'.
the speed discrimination process to
determine candidate cell evaluation

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
70/69

"NML":hoContro
l
"CBML":nDelayedHoCa
use30
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":eXT-HOFORCED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":enAmrCaFrHr
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":enAmrCaFrHrO
nlyWhenLoaded
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":enAmrCaHrFr
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":enableBetter
ZoneHO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":enableBiBand
MS
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":enableGenera
lCaptureHO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
for handover based on speed. Rules:

The TRUE means 'enabled'.
This attribute indicates the timer
to delay the move TCH from the PS
zone to the CS zone for DTM capable
MS (intracell handover cause 30).
This attribute indicates whether an
internal intercell HO is performed
by the BSC (normal) or controlled by
the NSS (internal HO forced towards
NSS). Rules: The FALSE means the HO
is performed under BSC control.
This flag enables/disables intracell
HO
for
AMR-NB
FR-to-HR
channel
adaptation
(Handover
Cause
27).
According to the load of the serving
cell (high or normal), the handover
is
triggered
with
different
thresholds values.
HO
for
AMR-NB
FR-to-HR
channel
adaptation (Handover Cause 27).
HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation
(Handover Cause 26).
not the detection of 'too high level
in outer zone' handover cause is
performed for the corresponding bts
object
instance.
Its
value
is
significant
only
for
concentric
cells.
not incoming handovers of bi-band
MSs from the preferred band are
enabled.
not the detection of the 'general
capture' handover cause is performed
for the corresponding bts object

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
71/70

"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":enableOptHan
doverProcessing
GR
EnableOptH
andoverPro
cessing
{<ENUMERATED=enablePwrBu
dgetHandover=0
enableMSDistanceProcess=
1> ...}
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":enablePriori
tyOrdering
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":enablePwBudg
etFiltering
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":enGanHo
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":enIntraDlAmr
WbGmsk
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":enIntraUlAmr
WbGmsk
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":freeLevelDRn
GR
Freelevel
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
"COML":freefactor-1
GR
Freefactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":freefactor-2
GR
Freefactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":freefactor-3
GR
Freefactor
<INTEGER>
instance.
The attribute specifies the allowed
optional
handover
processing
as
specified in GSM 05.08 Annex A. The
following
handover
processing
options exist:
- power budget
- MS distance.
not the use of the hoPriorityLevel
attribute in the HO candidate cell
evaluation process is enabled.
not
the
filtering
of
candidateneighbour cells on handover
margins
defined
per
emergency
handover types (handover on level,
quality and distance) is enabled.
This
attribute
allows
to
open
interoperability with GAN in a given
cell.
handover cause (cause 16) for AMR WB
calls.
detection
of
'intracell
uplink'
handover cause (cause 15) for AMR WB
calls.
The
freeLevelDR(n)
attribute
indicates the minimum threshold of
free TCH channels in cell n for
directed retry. In case of Extended
Cell (Inner and Outer cell) this
parameter has the value 255.
This attribute contains the levels
of numbers of free channel.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
72/71

l
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":freefactor-4
GR
Freefactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":freefactor-5
GR
Freefactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":freelevel-1
GR
Freelevel
<INTEGER>
"COML":freelevel-2
GR
Freelevel
<INTEGER>

of numbers of free channels Note:
- If the number of free TCH channels
is
lower
than
Freelevel_1,
Freefactor_1 is used.
is
between
Freelevel_1
and
Freelevel_2, Freefactor_2 is used.
is
between
Freelevel_2
and
is
between
Freelevel_3
and
is
higher
than
Freelevel_4,
Freefactor_5 is used. The max number
of free channels depends on the
configuration of the BTSs.
is
lower
than
Freelevel_1,
is
between
Freelevel_1
and
is
between
Freelevel_2
and
is
between
Freelevel_3
and
is
higher
than
Freelevel_4,

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
73/72

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":freelevel-3
GR
Freelevel
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":freelevel-4
GR
Freelevel
<INTEGER>

is
lower
than
Freelevel_1,
is
between
Freelevel_1
and
is
between
Freelevel_2
and
is
between
Freelevel_3
and
is
higher
than
Freelevel_4,
is
lower
than
Freelevel_1,
is
between
Freelevel_1
and
is
between
Freelevel_2
and
is
between
Freelevel_3
and
is
higher
than
Freelevel_4,

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
74/73

"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":generalCaptu
reHOTLCondition
GR
TLHOCondit
ion
<ENUMERATED=anyLoad=0
notLow=1 high=2>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":h-LOAD-OBJ
GR
LoadObj
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":hOINTERCELL-ALLOWED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":hOINTRACELL-ALLOWED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":hO-SDCCHINHIBIT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":highTrafficL
oadGPRS
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoAveragingA
GR
AveragingP
aram
{hreqave
hreqt
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,

This
attribute
determines
the
condition on traffic load in the
serving cell to trigger a 'general
capture' handover. It may take the
following values:
- 'anyLoad': no condition on this
traffic load needs to be fulfilled
- 'notLow': this traffic load is not
low
- 'high': this traffic load is high.
Its value is only significant if the
enableGeneralCaptureHO
attribute
contains 'TRUE'.
load objective for an umbrella cell.
The umbrella load control mechanism
can be disabled by setting the
L_LOAD_OBJ to 0 % and the H_LOAD_OBJ
to 100 %.
This attribute is a flag enables or
disables the execution of intercell
handovers.
This attribute is a flag enables or
disables the execution of intracell
handovers.
This attribute indicates whether a
SDCCH HO should be performed by the
BSC or not. Rules: TRUE means 'HO is
performed'.
threshold
used
to
determine
a
certain margin of radio timeslots
reserved for CS traffic between two
sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation
messages. The threshold is expressed
in percentage of the radio timeslots
available in the cell.
This attribute contains averaging
parameters used for averaging signal

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
75/74

djCellParam
weighting <INTEGER>}
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoAveragingD
istParam
GR
HoAveragin
gDistParam
{hreqave
<INTEGER>,
hreqt <INTEGER>}
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoAveragingL
evParam
GR
AveragingP
aram
{hreqave
<INTEGER>,
hreqt
<INTEGER>,
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoAveragingQ
ualParam
GR
AveragingP
aram
{hreqave
<INTEGER>,
hreqt
<INTEGER>,
level measurements from adjacent

cells (GSM 05.08
- RXLEV_NCELL(n)).
- The number of SACCH multiframes
over which results are averaged,
i.e. the window size (Hreqave in GSM
05.08).
- The number of results sent in the
'handover required' message (Hreqt
in GSM 05.08).
- Weighting.
The hoAveragingDistParam attribute
contains averaging parameters used
in the handover process, in case the
handover cause is distance between
the Mobile Station and the BTS. See
i.e. the window size (Hreqave).
'handover required' message (Hreqt).
The
hoAveragingLevParam
attribute
contains averaging parameters for
the signal strength measurements.
05.08).
in GSM 05.08).
- Weighting.
The hoAveragingQualParam attribute
the signal quality measurements.
05.08).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
76/75

"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":hoHystConcen
tricCellDl
GR
HoHystConc
entricC
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":hoHystConcen
tricCellUl
GR
HoHystConc
entricC
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":hoMarginAlca
telInnerOffset
GR
HoMargin
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"A12.20":hoMarginDe
f
Go
HoMargin
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":hoOffsetQual
Param
GR
OffsetHopp
ing
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoThresholdD
istParam
GR
HoThreshol
dDistParam
{mSRangeMax km:<INTEGER>
| timeadv:<INTEGER>, p8
<INTEGER>, n8 <INTEGER>}

in GSM 05.08).
- Weighting.
This
attribute
contains
the
hysteresis for downlink handover
from the outer to the inner zone of
a concentric cell. In particular, it
takes into account the propagation
difference between GSM-P and DCS
1800 in case of multiband cells.
This
attribute
contains
the
hysteresis for uplink handover from
the outer to the inner zone of a
concentric cell. In particular, it
takes into account the propagation
difference between GSM-P and DCS
1800 in case of multiband cells.
This attribute contains an offset
that is added to the hoMarginAlcatel
attribute
value
to
handicap
handovers when the MS is n the inner
zone of a concentric cell.
The hoMarginDef attribute holds the
default value of hoMargin. It is
used
to
evaluate
handover
to
undefined cells. Refer to Annex A of
Specification
GSM
05.08
(HO_MARGIN_DEF).
This attribute applies a positive
offset to the hoThresholdQualParam
attribute for uplink and downlink in
case of hopping system.
The hoThresholdDistParam attribute
contains parameters used in the
handover
process,
in
case
the
handover cause is distance between
the Mobile Station and the BTS. See
The
number
of
distance

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
77/76

"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoThresholdI
nterferenceParam
GR
ThresholdL
ev
{rxLevelUL
<INTEGER>,
rxLevelDL <INTEGER>, px
<INTEGER>, nx <INTEGER>}
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":hoThresholdL
evParam
GR
ThresholdL
ev
{rxLevelUL
<INTEGER>,
measurements that have to be taken

into account, when making a handover
decision, reason distance overflow
(N8).
- The number of distances (out of
total measurements) that have to be
greater than the maximum distance,
before making a handover decision
(P8).
- The maximum timing advance (or
distance) between the BTS and the MS
which can be expressed in units of
timing advance or km. Refer to
Specification
GSM
05.08
(MS_RANGE_MAX).
The
hoThresholdInterferenceParam
attribute contains parameters for
comparing the averaged uplink and
downlink interference measurements.
See Specification GSM 05.08.
- Threshold level for handover,
reason interference (RXLEV_UL_IH).
reason interference (RXLEV_DL_IH).
- The number of averages that have
to be taken into account, when
making a handover decision (N7).
- The number of averages (out of
total averages) that have to be
higher/lower than the threshold,
(P7).
The
hoThresholdLevParam
attribute
contains parameters for comparing
averaged uplink and downlink signal
strength
measurements.
See
reason
uplink
signal
strength
(L_RXLEV_UL_H).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
78/77

"NML":hoContro
l
"A12.20":hoThreshol
dQualParam
GR
ThresholdQ
ual
{rxQualUL
<INTEGER>,
rxQualDL <INTEGER>, px
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":interference
AveragingParam
GR
Interferen
ceAveragin
gParam
{averagingPeriod
<INTEGER>,
thresholds
{boundary0
<INTEGER>,
boundary1
<INTEGER>,
boundary2
<INTEGER>,
boundary3
<INTEGER>,
boundary4
<INTEGER>,
boundary5 <INTEGER>}}

reason
downlink
signal
strength
(L_RXLEV_DL_H).
upper/lower
than
the
threshold,
(P5).
The hoThresholdQualParam attribute
contains parameters for comparing
averaged uplink and downlink signal
quality
measurements.
See
reason
uplink
signal
quality
(L_RXQUAL_UL_H).
reason
downlink
signal
quality
(L_RXQUAL_DL_H).
upper/lower
than
the
threshold,
(P6).
The
interferenceAveragingParam
attribute contains parameters used
in averaging interference levels in
the unallocated time slots. See
Specification GSM 05.08 for details.
over which the values are averaged
(INTAVE).
Boundary
limits
of
five
interference
bands
for
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
79/78

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":l-LOAD-OBJ
GR
LoadObj
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":l-RXLEVNCELL-DRn
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":l-RXQUAL-DLH-AMR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":l-RXQUAL-ULH-AMR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":loadEvPeriod
GR
LoadEvPeri
od
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":loadfactor-1
GR
Loadfactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":loadfactor-2
GR
Loadfactor
<INTEGER>
unallocated time slots. Refer to

Specification GSM 05.08 (O-X5). The
BSS
shall
map
the
averaged
interference level measurements into
these five bands. The range of each
boundary is -110...-47 dBm.
load objective for an umbrellacell.
The umbrella load control mechanism
can be disabled by setting the
L_LOAD_OBJ to 0 % and the H_LOAD_OBJ
to 100 %.
This attribute contains the minimum
threshold of receive level at MS for
forced directed retry to neighbour
cell n.
This
attribute
indicates
the
downlink
quality
threshold
for
handovers
(cause
16)
on
AMR-NB
calls.
This attribute indicates the uplink
quality
threshold
for
handovers
(cause 15) on AMR-NB calls.
aTrafficLoad
defines
the
Window Size
taken into account
load samples used.
of loading percentage.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
80/79

"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":loadfactor-3
GR
Loadfactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":loadfactor-4
GR
Loadfactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":loadfactor-5
GR
Loadfactor
<INTEGER>
"COML":loadlevel-1
GR
Loadlevel
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":loadlevel-2
GR
Loadlevel
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":loadlevel-3
GR
Loadlevel
<INTEGER>

of loading percentage. Note:
- If the TCH load is lower than
Loadlevel_1, Loadfactor_1 is used.
- If the TCH load is between
Loadlevel_1
and
Loadlevel_2,
Loadfactor_2 is used.
Loadlevel_2
and
Loadlevel_3,
Loadlevel_3
and
Loadlevel_4,
- If the TCH load is higher than
Loadlevel_1
and
Loadlevel_2,
Loadlevel_2
and
Loadlevel_3,
Loadlevel_3
and
Loadlevel_4,

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
81/81

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":loadlevel-4
GR
Loadlevel
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":lRxqualDlHAm
rWbGmsk
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"CAML":lRxqualUlHAm
rWbGmsk
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":mIN-CONNECTTIME
GR
MinConDwel
lTime
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
"C6ML":minTimingAdv
GR
TimingAdva
<INTEGER>

Loadlevel_1
and
Loadlevel_2,
Loadlevel_2
and
Loadlevel_3,
Loadlevel_3
and
Loadlevel_4,
Loadlevel_1
and
Loadlevel_2,
Loadlevel_2
and
Loadlevel_3,
Loadlevel_3
and
Loadlevel_4,
identifies
a
location
where
an
This
attribute
indicates
the
downlink
quality
threshold
for
handovers (cause 16) on AMR WB
calls.
This attribute indicates the uplink
quality
threshold
for
handovers
(cause 15) on AMR WB calls.
time in serving overlaid cell for
declaring an MS slow.
This attribute indicates a minimum

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
82/81

anceExtOuterHo
nce
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":msTxPwrMaxCe
llDef
GR
TxPower
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":msmtProcPara
mLoc
Go
MsmtProces
singMode
<ENUMERATED=basicMeasure
mentReporting=0
btsProcessedMeasurementR
eporting=1>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":multibandTra
fficLoadHOCondition
GR
TLHOCondit
ion
<ENUMERATED=anyLoad=0
notLow=1 high=2>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":n-BAD-SACCH
GR
ThresholdB
adSACCH
<INTEGER>
timing advance (or distance) between

the BTS and the MS for handover from
an extended outer cell.
The msTxPwrMaxCell attribute is used
to indicate the maximum power level
a MS may use in an adjacent cell.
The msTxPwrMaxCellDef attribute is
used
to
evaluate
handover
to
undefined adjacent cells. See Table
1 of Annex A of Specification GSM
05.08 (MS_TXPWR_MAX (n)).
Radio link measurements for use by
the
power
control
and
handover
algorithms are transferred to the
BSC in their natural state or,
optionally, they can be processed by
the
BTS
with
results
being
transferred.
This
attribute
is
contained in handover and power
control
objects
along
with
parameters
that
control
the
algorithm processing. Different sets
of parameters may be used for BSC
and BTS processing. This indicator
is used to determine to which
processing
mode
the
specific
instance of the parameters apply.
This
attribute
determines
the
condition on traffic load in the
serving cell to trigger a multiband
handover. It may take the following
values:
- 'anyLoad': no condition on this
traffic load needs to be fulfilled
- 'notLow': this traffic load is not
low
- 'high': this traffic load is high.
threshold of consecutive bad SACCH
frames
for
rescue
microcell

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
83/82

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":n-TCH-HO
GR
NTchHo
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":nTrafficLoad
GR
NTrafficLo
ad
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":nUM-TCHEGNCY-HO
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":oFFSET-CAHIGH
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":oFFSET-CANORMAL
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":pING-PONGHCP
GR
PingPongHc
p
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":rXLEV-DLZONE
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
handover.
of TCH to be reserved for handover
if possible. Rules: < maximum number
of TCH in a cell. Both BTS and BSC
RF_RES_IND must be enabled. Remark:
depends on the configuration. If 0
best channel is always selected.
aTrafficLoad
defines
the
Window Size
taken into account
load samples used.
of full rate TCH that are reserved
for incoming emergency handover.
for
AMR-NB
HR-to-FR
channel
adaptation hysteresis under high
load (Handover Cause 26).
for
AMR-NB
HR-to-FR
channel
adaptation hysteresis under normal
load (Handover Cause 26).
This
attribute
indicates
the
handicap applied in power budget of
preceding cell to avoid ping-pong.
This attribute is a signal level
threshold for handover from the
inner to the outer zone of the
concentric cell concerning downlink.
Rules:
ZONE_HO_HYST
>>

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
84/83

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":rXLEV-ULZONE
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":rxLevMinCell
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"GSM
12.20":rxLevMinCell
Def
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":rxLevPwBudge
tHoThreshold
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":sDCCHCOUNTER
GR
SdcchCount
er
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":t-HCP
GR
TimerData
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":t-INHIBITCPT
GR
IntegerVal
ue
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
RXLEV_DL_ZONE-L_RXLEV_DL_H(rec).
This attribute is a signal level
threshold for handover from the
inner to the outer zone of the
concentric cell concerning uplink.
Rules:
ZONE_HO_HYST
>>
RXLEV_UL_ZONE-L_RXLEV_UL_H(rec).
This attribute holds the minimum
received signal strength in a cell,
for a MS to be handed over to that
cell. See Annex A of Specification
GSM 05.08 (RXLEV_MIN (n)). This is
an attribute of the object class
adjacentCellHandOverGSM0508
each
adjacent cell may thus have a
specific value.
The rxLevMinCellDef attribute holds
the default value of rxLevMinCell.
It is used to evaluate handover to
undefined cells. See Annex A of
Specification
GSM
05.08
(RXLEV_MIN_DEF).
receive
signal
strength
in
the
corresponding bts object instance
over which it is not necessary to
trigger a power budget handover.
This attribute contains the counter
indicating the period by which a HO
on SDCCH should be delayed.
This
attribute
indicates
the
duration for which handicap (to
avoid ping-pong) is applied.
during which the HO Causes 14 (high
level in neighbour lower layer cell
for slow mobile), 21 (high level in
the neighbour cell in the preferred

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
85/84

"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":tHR-RXQUALCA-HIGH
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C7ML":tHR-RXQUALCA-NORMAL
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":trafficLoadH
OMargins
GR
TLHOMargin
s
{trafficLoadDecHOMargin
<INTEGER>,
trafficLoadIncHOMargin
<INTEGER>}
"NML":hoContro
l
"C6ML":trafficLoadT
hresholds
GR
TLThreshol
ds
{lowTLThreshold
<INTEGER>,
highTLThreshold
<INTEGER>,
indefiniteTLThreshold
<INTEGER>}
band) and 24 (general capture HO)

are inhibited after a quality HO
from a micro cell, a non-preferred
band cell or an indoor cell to an
umbrella cell to avoid ping-pong.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
for
AMR-NB
channel
adaptation handover under high load.
(Cause 26 and Cause 27).
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
for
AMR-NB
channel
adaptation handover under normal
load. (Cause 26 and Cause 27)
This
attribute
contains
two
correction
factors
related
to
traffic load that are used in the
detection of the handover cause
Power Budget', namely:
trafficLoadDecHOMargin
which
favours this detection when traffic
load is high in the serving cell and
low in the neighbour cell(s)
trafficLoadIncHOMargin
which
penalizes
this
detection
when
traffic load is low in the serving
cell and high in the neighbour
cell(s).
This attribute contains three load
thresholds, namely
- lowTLThreshold,
- highTLThreshold and
used
to
decide whether the traffic load in
the
corresponding
bts
object
instance is low, high or indefinite.
These thresholds should obey the
following constraints:
- either indefiniteTLThreshold = 0
or
lowTLThreshold
<
<

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
86/85

"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":u-RXLEV-DLMCHO
GR
URxlevMcho
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":u-RXLEV-ULMCHO
GR
URxlevMcho
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":hoContro
l
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":w-LEV-MCHO
GR
WLevMcho
<INTEGER>
"C7ML":w-QUAL-CA
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":hoContro
l
"COML":wITHSYNCHRONISEDHANDOVER
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":aC-PRIORITYLIST
GR
AcPriority
List
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CMB":aCmbDrxTimerM
ax
GR
IntegerVal
ue
{priority1
<INTEGER>,
priority2
<INTEGER>,
priority3
<INTEGER>,
priority4
<INTEGER>,
priority5
<INTEGER>,
priority6 <INTEGER>}
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CMB":aCmbEnLcs
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CMB":aCmbMSCR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
highTTLThreshold.
This attribute indicates the upper
signal level threshold for Downlink
(level
microcellular
handover).
Remark:
L_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
=<U__RXLEV_DL_MCHO.
signal level threshold for Uplink
(level
microcellularhandover).
Remark:
L_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
=<U__RXLEV_UL_MCHO.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute is the weight factor
in microcell HO for LEV_FULL.
This attribute defines the averaging
weight applicable for full quality
(Channel adaptation).
synchronous
handovers
between
synchronized
cells
are
enabled
(value TRUE) or disabled (value
FALSE).
This attribute gives the list of
access classes 11 .. 15 and EC (=0)
in their priority order, priority1
being
the
highest
priority
and
priority6 the lowest one.
non-DRX mode period allowed for the
MS after packet transfer mode.
Location Services (LCS) are enabled
or disabled in the corresponding
BSC-NE or MFS-NE.
This attribute defines the version
of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to
implement the MSC software.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
87/86

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CMB":aCmbNetworkOp
erationMode
"CMB":aCmbPlmnFrequ
encyBands
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsAllowDt
mEdaCombination
"ABSS":aGprsArcSize
Factor
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsAterUsa
geThreshold
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsAterUsa
geThresholdShortDat
a
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsBestEff
ortPriority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsAvgPe
riodLt
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsAvgPe
riodSt
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsCsBlerD
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
GR
<INTEGER>
This attribute defines the CS-PS

coordination for paging.
This
attribute
indicates
the
frequency bands used in the whole
PLMN.
Activation level of Extended Dynamic
Allocation (EDA).
This attribute indicates the factor
used in the computation of the width
in degree of the ellipsoid arc
returned by the MFS when computing
location
estimate
based
on
TA
positionning method.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold (percentage of used Ater
nibbles, in a GPU) above which the
Ater usage is said to be high.
(Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data)
Threshold (percentage of used Ater
nibbles, in a GPU) above which the
Ater usage is optimized for 'short
data' MS transfers.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative priority used for the predefined Best Effort PFC.
Forgetting time in the long term
averaging
of
channel
quality
measurements
in
the
GPRS
link
Adaptation: measurements which are
older
than
CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT
are
negligible in the average of channel
quality measurements.
Forgetting time in the short term
averaging
of
channel
quality
measurements
in
the
GPRS
link
adaptation:measurements
which
are
older
than
CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST
are
negligible in the average of channel
quality measurements.
This attribute indicates the CS3

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
88/88

elBSC
l34
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsBlerD
l43
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsHstDl
Lt
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsHstDl
St
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsHstUl
Lt
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsHstUl
St
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l12FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
BLER threshold used in the link

adaptation algorithms to change the
Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the
downlink direction when the SIR
measurements are not reported by the
MS.
This attribute indicates the CS4
BLER threshold used in the link
downlink direction when the SIR
measurements are not reported by the
MS.
This
attribute
indicates
an
hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT
thresholds used in the downlink
radio link supervision to change the
TBF coding scheme.
This
attribute
indicates
an
hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST
thresholds used in the downlink
radio link supervision to change the
TBF coding scheme.
This
attribute
indicates
an
hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT
thresholds used in the uplink radio
link supervision to change the TBF
coding scheme.
This
attribute
indicates
an
hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST
thresholds used in the uplink radio
link supervision to change the TBF
coding scheme.
This attribute indicates the RXQUAL
threshold
used
in
the
link
downlink direction when the RLC mode
is acknowledged and the TBF is
established on a hopping TRX.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
89/88

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l12FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l12NfhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l12NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l23FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l23FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l23NfhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

threshold
used
in
the
link
is unacknowledged and the TBF is
threshold
used
in
the
link
established on a non-hopping TRX.
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
90/90

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l23NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l34FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l34FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l34NfhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualD
l34NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l12FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
91/90

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l12FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l12NfhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l12NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l23FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l23FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>

uplink direction when the RLC mode
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
92/91

elBSC
l23NfhAck
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l23NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l34FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l34FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l34NfhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsQualU
l34NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
in
the
link

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
93/92

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsSirDl
34FhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsSirDl
34FhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsSirDl
34NfhAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsSirDl
34NfhNack
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsCsSirHs
tDl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEdaMsAc
tivationLevel
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

to Interference Ratio threshold used
in the link adaptation algorithms to
change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to
CS4 in the downlink direction when
the RLC mode is acknowledged and the
TBF is established on a hopping TRX.
the RLC mode is unacknowledged and
the TBF is established on a hopping
TRX.
the RLC mode is acknowledged and the
TBF is established on a non-hopping
TRX.
the RLC mode is unacknowledged and
the TBF is established on a nonhopping TRX.
to Interference Ratio hysteresis
used
in
the
link
adaptation
algorithms to change the Coding
Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the
downlink direction.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
94/93

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsETxEffi
ciencyPeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnDlLlc
PduRerouting
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnFastU
sfUlExtended
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnFullF
astUsfUlExtended
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnGbFle
x
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnPfcFe
ature
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnRaCap
Update
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnRimNa
cc
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnSagi
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

of received radio blocks for an
EGPRS
TBF
after
which
E_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
rerouting of DL LLC PDUs is enabled
or disabled.
fast scheduling mode for the uplink
TBFs in extended mode is enabled or
disabled.
Flag to enable/disable the full fast
scheduling mode for uplink TBFs in
EUTM.
(EN_GB_FLEX)
Enables/disables
the
support of the Gbflex feature (for
data and signaling traffic). The
GbFlex feature allows a BSS to be
connected to more than one SGSN.
support
of
the
PFC
negotiation
feature is enabled or disabled.
Radio Acces Capability update on Gb
is enable or disable.
Flag to disable/enable the Inter-BSS
and Inter-RAT NACC features (interRAT = inter-3G or inter-LTE). It
covers both controlling and serving
aspects: for controlling MFS, this
is the ability to request and
receive System Information messages
from
the
Gb
interface
and
to
broadcast them to MS through the
PACCH. For serving MFS, this is the
ability
to
provide
System
Information messages when requested
by another BSS/RNC.
SAGI
(interface
with
the
A-GPS

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
95/95

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"AGVC":aGprsGbTrans
portMode
GR
AcieGbTran
sportMode
<ENUMERATED=fr=0 ip=1>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsGprsMul
tislotClassDefValue
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsHighPre
cedenceBackgroundPr
iority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsHighPre
cedenceThp1Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsHighPre
cedenceThp2Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsHighPre
cedenceThp3Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsLowPrec
edenceBackgroundPri
ority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsLowPrec
edenceThp1Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
server) is configured or not for the

BSS.
This attribute indicates the mode of
the transport for Gb interface (per
NSE): FR or IP.
This attribute indicates the default
value of the (E)GPRS multislot class
assumed at TBF establishment when
the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot
class is unknown. The default MS
class is used as an input of the
best
candidate
TBF
allocation
computation process when the MS
class is not known on UL TBF
establishment.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Background Packet Flow Context, with
precedence parameter set to high.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP1
Packet
Flow
Context, with precedence parameter
set to high.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP2
Packet
Flow
set to high.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP3
Packet
Flow
set to high.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
precedence parameter set to low.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
96/95

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsLowPrec
edenceThp2Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsLowPrec
edenceThp3Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsMaxPagi
ngQueue
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsMaxRadi
usFactor
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsMcsAvgP
eriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsMinRadi
usFactor
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsN3101Li
mit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
Interactive
THP1
Packet
Flow
set to low.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP2
Packet
Flow
set to low.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP3
Packet
Flow
set to low.
number of CS+PS paging messages
stored in GPU.
used in the computation of the
maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc
location
estimate
based
on
TA
positioning method.
Filtering
period
used
for
calculation of the forgetting factor
applied to the current UL MEAN_BEP
and CV_BEP samples in the averaging
Modulation
and
Coding
Scheme
adaptation filter.
used in the computation of the
minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc
location
estimate
based
on
TA
positioning method.
In an UL TBF tranfer procedure,
maximum of consecutive times (before
releasing abnormally the UL TBF)
when the network receives no valid
UL RLC data block or nothing from
the MS on its allocated PDCH. To

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
97/96

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsN3101Po
llingThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsN3103Li
mit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNAterTs
MarginGpu
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
note that the counter N3101 can be

incremented more than one time per
block period.
(N3101_POLLING_THR) Threshold on the
counter N3101 above which the RLC
layer shall start sending polling
request to a MS for an UL TBF in
EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is
set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled).
In an UL TBF releasing procedure,
maximum of consecutive times (before
releasing abnormally the UL TBF)
when the network does not receive a
Packet Control Acknowledgement from
the MS in response of its Packet UL
ACK/NACK which specifies the end of
the TBF.
of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept
in reserve in order to be able to
serve some prioritary requests in
cells managed by the GPU. The
prioritary requests are the GCH
establishment requests launched when
the first TBF has to be established
in a cell (useful to guarantee that
MM traffic will be supported in any
cell at any time). Note : In case of
non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs
that will be established instead of
GCHs. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU =
0, then no Ater margin is managed.
In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0,
RRM
will
ensure
that
N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs
are always free (i.e. not used by a
GCH in the GPU). From then on, only
prioritary requests will be allowed
to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS)
/ PDCHs (non-Evolium BTS) with those

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
98/97

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNormalP
recedenceBackground
Priority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNormalP
recedenceThp1Priori
ty
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNormalP
recedenceThp2Priori
ty
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNormalP
recedenceThp3Priori
ty
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNRimRet
ries
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNriLeng
thPs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNStagna
tingWindowDlLimit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
Ater resources.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
precedence parameter set to normal.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP1
Packet
Flow
set to normal.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP2
Packet
Flow
set to normal.
This
attribute
indicates
the
relative
priority
used
for
Interactive
THP3
Packet
Flow
set to normal.
Number of times a RAN procedure is
retried (after first attempt) before
giving up (in case of no answer is
received).
(NRI_LENGTH_PS)
This
parameter
defined the configurable length of a
NRI
(Network
Resource
Identification),
expressed
as
a
number of bits It is used by the MFS
to derive the NRI value from the
received TLLI, and to identify the
serving SGSN, connected to the MFS
(Gbflex feature). The NRI is coded
starting from the bit 23 (the most
significant bit of the NRI) of the
TLLI, regardless of the NRI length.
This parameter defines the maximum
number
of
consecutive
Packet
Downlink ACK/NACK or EGPRS Packet
Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
99/98

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNStagna
tingWindowUlLimit
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNUlBias
ForEda
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsNullNri
Ps
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
the failure of progress of the RLC

window during the active phase of a
downlink TBF, before triggering an
released.
NstagnatingWindow limit above which
a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its
PDCH shall be released: the counter
is incremented each time a Packet UL
Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC
window progress. For a multi-slot
TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH,
the limit is proportional to the
allocated
bandwidth
at
the
TBF
establishment.
(N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA) Minimum number
of consecutive significantly-uplink
biases observed during a transfer to
allow a mobile station to use
Extended Dynamic Allocation.
(NULL_NRI_PS) In UL cases, upon TLLI
reception with that dummy/reserved
NRI included, while a SGSN is not
already selected for a mobile, the
MFS
uses
the
load
balancing
algorithm for selecting one SGSN
among the on loaded SGSN connected
to the MFS (Gbflex feature).
limit of the 1st band, lower limit
of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit
allocation distribution.
limit of the 2nd band, lower limit
of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
100/99

elBSC
hUnitAllocThr3
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr5
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr6
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr7
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr8
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlPdc
hUnitAllocThr9
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
limit of the 3rd band, lower limit

of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit
limit of the 4th band, lower limit
limit of the first band, lower limit
of the second band for DL TBF
duration distribution.
of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration
distribution.
of the 4th band for DL TBF duration
distribution.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
101/100

elBSC
DurationThr4
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr5
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr6
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr7
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr8
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
DurationThr9
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>

distribution.
distribution.
distribution.
distribution.
distribution.
distribution.
of the 2nd band for LLC volume
carried by an DL TBF distribution.
of the 3rd band for LLC volume
of the 4th band for LLC volume

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
102/101

elBSC
VolumeThr5
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr6
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr7
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr8
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdDlTbf
VolumeThr9
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr5
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>

of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit
of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit
of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
103/102

elBSC
hUnitAllocThr6
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr7
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr8
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlPdc
hUnitAllocThr9
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr5
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr6
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>

limit of the first band, lower limit
of the second band for UL TBF
duration distribution.
of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration
distribution.
of the 4th band for UL TBF duration
distribution.
distribution.
distribution.
distribution.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
104/103

elBSC
DurationThr7
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr8
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
DurationThr9
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr4
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr5
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr6
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr7
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>

distribution.
distribution.
distribution.
of the 2nd band for LLC volume
carried by an UL TBF distribution.
of the 3rd band for LLC volume

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
105/104

elBSC
VolumeThr8
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPdUlTbf
VolumeThr9
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsEnPfcFe
ature
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPfcT6
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsPfcT8
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsSgsnr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsSlowMov
ingFactor
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsSmsPrio
rity
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTDelaye
dFinalPuan
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTFlowCt
rlCell
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTGchIna
ctivity
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

support
of
the
PFC
negotiation
feature is enabled or disabled.
guarding
the
Download-BSS-PFC
procedure.
guarding
the
Modify-BSS-PFC
procedure.
This attribute indicates the year
corresponding to the version of
ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to
implement SGSN software.
(SLOW_MOVING_FACTOR) Number of times
one SGSN is used, once selected by
the Node Selection Function.
This attribute define the relative
priority used for the pre-defined
SMS PFC.
This
attribute
indicates
the
duration of the delay introduced by
the BSS to send the final Packet UL
Ack/Nack message when releasing an
UL TBF.
This
attribute
indicates
the
periodicity of emission of NM-FLOWCONTROL-BVC message to SGSN.
This attribute is for a Non Evolium
BTS : Timer to postpone the release
of one slave PDCH, when it does not
support any (E)GPRS traffic. For
Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the
release of the unused GCHs of the M-

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
106/105

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTGchIna
ctivityLast
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTFlowCt
rlMs
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTLcsDel
ayTolerant
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTLcsLow
Delay
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"ABSS":aGprsTMaxStr
GR
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
EGCH link of a TRX (the condition

for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of
a TRX to become unused is that some
TBFs established on that TRX were
released).
This attribute indicates for the
release
of
the
last
N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS
GCHs
established in a cell, when the last
TBF has been released in the cell.
There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in
the cell, but keeping some GCHs
established will be useful in case
of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the
cell (e.g. WAP, WEB). For a non
release of the last established
slave PDCH of a cell, when it does
not support GPRS traffic anymore.
There is no more GPRS traffic in the
cell, but keeping a PDCH established
will be useful in case of GPRS
traffic resumption in the cell.
This
attribute
indicates
the
periodicity of emission of NM-FLOWCONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN
for GPRS and EGPRS Mobile Stations.
This attribute is a SMLC timer used
to guard the calculation of the MS
position (including the RRLP message
exchange with the target MS) in case
of
a
Delay
Tolerant
Location
Request.
to guard the calculation of the MS
position (including the RRLP message
exchange with the target MS) in case
of a Low Delay Location Request.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
107/106

elBSC
eamingBuffering
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTNetwor
kResponseTime
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTom8Pri
ority
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTPsiPac
ch
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTRimDis
ability
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTRimMul
tipleReport
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTRimRi
GR
<INTEGER>
"ABSS":aGprsTRimRir
GR
"ABSS":aGprsTRrlpDe
layTolerant
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTRrlpLo
wDelay
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
which multiplied by the GBR defines

a buffer level above which we may
consider the BSS failed to provide
the GBR.
expected response time of a network
server as seen from the MFS.
(TOM8_PRIORITY) Defines the relative
priority used for the pre-defined
TOM8 Packet Flow Context.
This
attribute
defines
the
scheduling period of PSI1 or PSI13
on PACCH.
Timer supervising the disability of
the adjacent target cell. When no
RAN information has been received
(no answer at the end of the retries
or
unknown
destination),
this
parameter
corresponds
to
the
duration it is not possible to use
the RIM NACC procedure for this
target cell..
Timer supervising reception of the
following
RAN
Information
with
multiple
report.
It
allows
to
resynchronize the System Information
messages with the remote entity in
case of restart of the remote
entity.
Timer supervising reception of RAN
Information ACK
Timer supervising reception of RAN
Information.
to guard the RRLP message exchange
between the SMLC and the target MS,
in case of a Delay Tolerant Location
Request.
to guard the RRLP message exchange

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
108/107

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTbfCs3B
lerPeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTbfCs4B
lerPeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTbfCsDl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTbfCsUl
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTbfMcsD
l
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTbfMcsU
l
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
between the SMLC and the target MS,

in case of a Low Delay Location
Request.
size required to estimate the CS3
BLER. The window size is expressed
as a number of DL RLC data blocks.
size required to estimate the CS4
BLER. The window size is expressed
as a number of DL RLC data blocks.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold defining the number of
consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK
not received above which the Coding
Scheme of a DL acknowledged or
unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to
CS-1.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
defining
the
maximum
number of consecutive times the
network can receive an invalid UL
RLC data block or nothing from the
MS MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF
before changing the coding scheme to
CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF,
aGprsTbfCsUl limit = aGprsTbfCsUl x
number of allocated TS.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold defining the number of
consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK
ACK/NACK not received above which
the MCS of a DL acknowledged or
unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to
MCS-1.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
defining
the
maximum
number of consecutive times the
network receives an invalid UL RLC
data block or nothing from the MS

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
109/108

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsTxEffic
iencyPeriod
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
10
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
11
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
12
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
13
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
14
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
15
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
4
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
5
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
6
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
7
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
8
"ABSS":aGprsWeightP
9
"C7ML":aMR-FRSUBSET
GR
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
AMRFRSubse
t
<INTEGER>
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
{amrfr12200bps
<BOOLEAN>, amrfr10200bps
having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before

changing the coding scheme to MCS1.
For a multislot EGPRS TBF, the limit
is equal to aGprsTbfMcsUl multiplied
by
the
number
of
allocated
timeslots.
of received RLC data blocks after
which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed.
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of
priority 10.
priority 11.
priority 12.
priority 13.
priority 14.
priority 15.
priority 4.
priority 5.
priority 6.
priority 7.
priority 8.
priority 9.
This attribute defines the codec
subset that shall be used for AMR-NB
FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). More
precisely, it indicates whether or
not a given codec mode is part of
the subset for each of the following
codec
modes:
12,2
kbit/s,
10,2

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
110/109

<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>}
amrfr4750bps
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":aMR-HRSUBSET
GR
AMRHRSubse
t
{amrhr7950bps <BOOLEAN>,
amrhr7400bps <BOOLEAN>,
amrhr4750bps <BOOLEAN>}
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":aMR-STARTMODE-FR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":aMR-STARTMODE-HR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":aUT-BAR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
kbit/s, 7,95 kbit/s, 7,40 kbit/s,

6,70
kbit/s,
5,90
kbit/s,
5,15
kbit/s and 4,75 kbit/s. Mandatory
rule: In one subset, a maximum of 4
codec modes can be chosen (i.e. a
maximum of 4 BOOLEAN values can be
set to 'TRUE').
HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). More
codec
modes:
7,95
kbit/s,
7,40
5,15
kbit/s
and
4,75
kbit/s.
Mandatory rules:
- In one subset, a maximum of 4
set to 'TRUE').
- The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not
supported by Alcatel BSS
- The subset shall not contain only
the 7.4 kbit/s codec mode
This attribute indicates the codec
used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR
call, until codec mode adaptation is
started by the BTS.
used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR
started by the BTS.
This attribute controls if the cell
will be barred after the last MS
access class has been barred in
overload situation. When the cell is
barred,
it
allows
the
cell
reselection procedure to be started.
Therefore, barring a cell will force

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
111/110

the MS to camp on an other cell.

Rules: The TRUE value enables the
automatic barring. Remark: It is
used for the global reset procedure.
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
pointer:<ObjectInstance>
| null:<NULL>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
Go
PointerOrN
ull
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":alarmStatusS
ynthesis
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"CMB":alarmsAcknowl
Go
AlarmStatu
This attribute identifies a Alarm

Severity Assignment Profile object.
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
This attribute is used to give a
synthesis of alarm. For the whole
BSS, this attribute reflects the
alarmSynthesis
on
the
alcatelManagedElementComplex
from
the BSC , TC and BTS managed
elements for the equipment point of
viewand the alcatelConnexionR1 for
the transmision point of view.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
112/111

elBSC
edgementStatus
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":alarmsAcknow
ledgementSynthesis
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
perceivedSeverity
value
of
the
severity of the alarms that have not
yet been acknowledged among the
alarms
that
are
considered
to
compute this synthesis (which are
the same as those considered to
compute
the
alarmStatusSynthesis
attribute value).
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
113/112
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NBML":bBTsPerBscNu
mber
"CMB":bSCGeneration
Go
Number
Go
BscGenerat
ion
"NML":rnlAlcat
"COML":bSC-HW-
Go
NumberOfHa

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<INTEGER>
<ENUMERATED=g2=2
evolution=3
bscGenerationSpare1=4
bscGenerationSpare4=7>
<ENUMERATED=non-std-
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

of BBTs per BSC.
This
attribute
indicates
the
generation of the BSC.
This attribute contains the variant

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
114/114

elBSC
Config
lfRack
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":bscRank
Go
IntegerVal
ue
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":bSS-Release
Go
BssRelease
"NBML":bssTransport
ModeMfs
"COML":bandAllocati
onRange
GR
TransportM
ode
BandAlloca
tionRange
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":bssFunctionAl
ignmentStatus
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT1
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT10
Go
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT13
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
GR
config=0
config1=1
config2=2
config3=3
config4=4
config5=5
config6=6
config7=7
config8=8 unknown=255>
<INTEGER>
<ENUMERATED=b10=100
b11=110>
<ENUMERATED=tdm=0 ip=1>
{{rangeLower
rangeHigher
...}
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
of the HW configuration of the BSC

defined as the number of Half racks
This attribute indicates the rank of

a BSC. It is used to manage the port
allocation.
This
attribute
indicates
the
This attribute contributes to reduce
the cell selection time in the MS.
To do this, the network sends the BA
Range IE in the CHANNEL RELEASE
message. Every range_i is defined by
alower and a higher value.
This
attribute
holds
the
alignmentStatus
of
the
EML
alcatelBssFunction i.e a synthesis
of alignment of the alcatelBtssector.The
transition
to
aligned/misaligned
trigger
the
reservationStatus
of
the
rnlAlcatelBsc to idle.
The bssMapT1 is associated with time
to receipt of BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE
(GSM 08.08).
The bssMapT10 is associated with
time
to
return
of
ASSIGNMENT
COMPLETE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE from
MS (GSM 08.08).
reset guard period at the BSS (GSM
08.08).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
115/114

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT17
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT18
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT19
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT20
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT4
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT7
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT8
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":bssMapTimerT
11Forced
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
The bssMapT17 is associated

overload timer in the BSS
08.08).
with
(GSM

08.08).
with
(GSM

time to receipt of RESET CIRCUIT
ACKNOWLEDGE (GSM 08.08).
time to receipt of CIRCUIT GROUP
BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE (GSM 08.08).
to return of RESET ACKNOWLEDGE at
the BSS (GSM 08.08).
The bssMapT7 is
handover required
08.08).
associated
periodicity
with
(GSM

to receipt of successful handover
information (GSM 08.08).
This attribute contains the maximum
time during which an ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message can be queued in
case queuing is forced by the BSC.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
116/116

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CAML":bssTotalSdhL
inks
"CMB":bssTransportM
ode
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
TransportM
ode
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":cBCCallUserDataSel
GR
OctetStrin
g
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":cBC-OPERATOR
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"COML":cBC-PASSWORD
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"COML":cBC-WINDOW
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":cGI-REQD
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":cgi3gReqd
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":currentSessio
nStatus
Go
CurrentSes
sionStatus
<ENUMERATED=noSession=0
mluSession=1
messageSession=2>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":dWELL-TIMESTEP
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":defaultPrior
ity3g
GR
Number
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>

forceAssignmentReqQueuing attribute
contains 'TRUE'.
This attribute indicates the total
number of Sdh links.
This
attribute
indicates
the
transport mode for an interface of a
BSS.
This attribute defines the higher
protocol
selector
for
outgoing
connection.
This attribute identifies the CBC
operator name.
operator password.
number of outstanding requests sent
by the CBC.
This
attribute
defines
if
Cell
Identifier List uses CGI encoding
rules. Rules: FALSE = not used, TRUE
= used.
This
attribute
indicates
the
controls
format
of
3G
cell
identifications sent to the MSC.
This attribute defines the status of
the current activation session with
EML : a MLU session is running or a
message session is running or no
activation is running.
This attribute is meaningful only
for umbrella cells and defines the
step for the allowed value ofthe
minimum report time of overlaid cell
for Handover to lower layer.
priority associated to any UARFCN
not explicitely broadcasted by the
BSS. Used for cell reselection by a
LTE-capable MS/UE.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
117/116

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":defaultQrxle
vmin3g
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":defaultThres
h3g
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CAML":dlDtxAmrWbGm
sk
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":dtxDownlink
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":dtxDownlinkA
MR-FR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":dtxDownlinkA
MR-HR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":dtxDownlinkH
R
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":e1Mtu
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":eC-BAR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>

minimum received level associated to
any
UARFCN
not
explicitely
MS/UE.
This attribute indicates default
threshold associated to any UARFCN
LTE-capable MS/UE.
use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK
speech calls.
Availability of downlink DTX is an
implementation
option.
Its
availability
in
a
system
is
indicated by this attribute. If
available, use of the downlink DTX
is controlled by the MSC (see GSM
04.08). The boolean values of the
dtxDownlink
attribute
are
as
follows: TRUE = downlink DTX is
available
in
the
BTS
FALSE
=
downlink DTX is not available in the
BTS.
use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR
speech calls is enabled or disabled.
use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR
use of downlink DTX for HR speech
MTU used in DL by the TP board of
the BSC and in UL by the BTS (SUM)
for IPoverE1 link.
the automatic barring of emergency

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
118/118

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":eN-BSS-OVRLCLASS-BAR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":eN-CIRCUITGROUP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":eNINTERBAND-NEIGH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":eN-LOADOUTER
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":eN-SENDCHAN-MODE
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":eN-SEND-CM3
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"C6ML":eN-SEND-
GR
BooleanTyp
<BOOLEAN>
calls. Rules: The TRUE value enables

calls. Remark: It is used for the
global reset procedure.
access
class
barring
global
procedure due to the BTS or BSC
overload is authorised. Rules: The
TRUE value enables the access class
barring.
not
sending
CIRCUIT
GROUP
BLOCK/UNBLOCK Messages at the A
interface is allowed.
This attribute allows/inhibits the
multiband information to be carried
on Air in Sysinfo 2Ter and 5Ter,
which
drive
the
MS
to
send
measurement
results
upon
cells
belonging to different bands. If the
value is TRUE, the MS will provide
information on the number of cells
defined by the multibandReporting
attribute . Note : The modification
of the attribute value will generate
an accessDenied error If the licence
is not commited.
load computation shall be performed
on
the
outer
zone
of
a
concentric/multiband
cell
(value
'TRUE') or on the whole cell (value
'FALSE').
not the current channel IE shall be
included in a HO-REQUIRED message.
not the MS Classmark 3 IE shall be
included in a CM UPDATE message.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
119/118

elBSC
SPEECH-VERSION
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":edrAssignmen
tFailureAfterHoReq
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":edrAssignmen
tFailureCause
GR
EdrAssignm
entFailure
Cause
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":edrKeepAssig
nmentReqInQueue
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":edrSendAssig
nmentFailure
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":egsmRrAllocS
trategy
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":enAFlex
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
not the Speech Version IE shall be

not
not
the
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE
message shall be sent after the
HANDOVER REQUIRED message on the A
interface
in
case
of
External
Directed Retry. Its value is only
significant if the enableEdr and
edrSendAssignmentFailure attributes
contains 'TRUE'.
This attribute indicates the cause
indication that should be filled in
an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message in
case of External Directed Retry. Its
value is only significant if the
enableEdr
and
the
contain 'TRUE'.
not the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
shall be kept in the queue after
External Directed Retry initiation
(HANDOVER REQUIRED message sent).
enableEdr attribute contains 'TRUE'.
not an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message
shall be sent in case of External
significant
if
the
enableEdr
This attribute indicates if the G1
non-capable MS is supported or not
in the network.
support of the Aflex feature (for
signaling
traffic).
The
Aflex
feature allows a BSS to be connected
to more than one MSC.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
120/119

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":enASignaling
OverIp
"CMB":enBssPagingCo
ordination
Go
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CAML":enCompressed
InterRatInfo
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CAML":enMoreRmsBcc
hBsic
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":enInbandNoti
f
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":enInbandPagi
ng
"C9ML":enUplinkRepl
y
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":enableEdr
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":enableHoReqR
eject
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":enableImmedi
ateAssignmentReject
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
GR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
ACmbNumber
<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
<BOOLEAN>

support of <A signalling over IP>.
CS paging coordination managed in
the BSS for MS in Packet Transfer
Mode.
This attribute allows sending by the
MS
of
Compressed
Inter-RAT
HO
information.
RMS
improvement
feature,
which
allows
reporting
more
than
42
neighbour frequencies per TRX in the
2G radio link measurements performed
by
the
MS.
When
enabled,
the
parameter RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB gives the
maximum
number
of
frequencies
reported by the BTS. When disabled,
that maximum is not configurable
(42, per default).
in-band
notification
is
enabled/disabled.
in-band paging is enabled/disabled.
uplink
reply
procedure
is
enabled/disabled.
not outgoing External Directed Retry
(EDR) is allowed.
This attribute represents a flag
indicating
whether
the
Handover
Required Reject Indication is to be
sent by the MSC in case the external
handover is rejected.
Immediate Assignment Reject feature
has been selected by the operator or
not. TRUE means that the Immediate

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
121/121

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":enableUnequi
ppedCircuit
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":eNIpCongesti
on1stLevel
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CMB":fDD-ARFCNList
GR
FDDARFCNLi
st
{fDD1
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
"C7ML":fORBID-AMRNS
"C7ML":forbid-
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
<BOOLEAN>
GR
<BOOLEAN>
fDD2
fDD3
assignment Reject message is sent on

the Air interface according to the
wait Indication values defined by
the
waiIndicationForEmergencyCall,
waitIndicationForCallReestablishment
,
waitIndicationForOrigniatingCall
and waitIndicationForOtherProcedures
attributes.
This attribute indicates whether to
enable or inhibit the sending of the
UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message at the
Ater interface.
defence mechanism related to CS IP
congestion situation on the Abis
interface. When a CS IP congestion
is detected by a given BTS, then no
new call can be established on any
TRX linked to that BTS as long as
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER is running (the
on
going
CS
calls
are
kept
established). This first level of
detection, also called preventive
congestion detection, is based on
the UL and DL transmission delays
measured to transfer IP packets
between the BTS and the TC. It aims
at avoiding that the congestion
situation gets worse.
This attribute defines a list of 3
integer
values.
Each
of
these
values:
- either corresponds to a FDD UTRAN
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number (FDD UTRAN ARFCN)
- or is equal to '-1' to indicate
that no FDD UTRAN ARFCN is provided.
Flag to forbid / allow AMR-NB or
AMR-WB noise suppressor in the MS.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
122/121

elBSC
dtxDownlink-NHBCCH-F
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":forceAssignm
entReqQueuing
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":gSM-PHASE
GR
GSMphase
<ENUMERATED=phase1=0
phase2=1>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":h-MIN-DWELLTIME
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":hPrio
GR
Number
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":ignore2Mbit-Failure
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":iphoSupporte
d
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":l-MIN-DWELLTIME
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":m1
GR
M1
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"COML":m2
GR
M2
<INTEGER>
not the use of downlink DTX on nonhopping TCH of the BCCH TRX is
forbidden.
not an ASSIGNMENT REQUEST shall be
queued
even
if
this
is
not
authorized by the MSC.
This attribute indicates the GSM
Phase used by the BSC to format
messages towards the MSC.
maximum value for the report time of
overlaid cell for Handover to lower
layer.
This
attribute
indicates
the
hysteresis used in the priority
reselection algorithm by a LTEcapable MS/UE.
not a transmission alarm triggers
the telecom defence activities (call
release, blocking messages towards
MSC).
not the Inter-Plmn HO feature is
supported by the corresponding BSC.
value
for
the
report
time
of
layer.
identifies
a
location
where
an
This attribute represents the number
of access classes 11-15 to be barred
in one step. Rules: If set to 0, no
access class (11-15) is barred.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
123/122

elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":mTP3-WBINTERWORKING
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":maxLapdm
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":mfsAdministra
tiveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"N9ML":mfsAlarmStat
us
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"N9ML":mfsAlarmsAck
nowledgementStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatus
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
aligningDown=1
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
of access classes 11-15 to be

debarred in one step. Remark: 0 is
not used as it could cause permanent
barring after reset.
not the BSC shall send a Q.704 TRA
message upon first reception of SLTA
from the MSC.
number of LAPDm frames on which a
layer 3 can be segmented into and be
sent on the main DCCH.
administrativeState attribute from
Rec.
X.721
but
for
GPRS
communications.
alarmStatus
attribute
but
it
concerns alarms emitted by the MFSNE instead of alarms emitted by the
BSC-NE.
alarmsAcknowledgementStatus
attribute but it concerns alarms
emitted by the MFS-NE instead of
alarms emitted by the BSC-NE.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
124/123

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":mfsAvailabili
tyStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":mfsOperationa
lState
Go
Operationa
lState
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":mluModeStatu
s
Go
BooleanTyp
e
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
enabled=1>
<BOOLEAN>

availabilityStatus
attribute
from
Rec.
X.721
but
for
GPRS
communications.
operationalState attribute from Rec.
X.721 but for GPRS communications
instead of circuit communications.
This attribute indicates if EML is
in current MLU mode. This is used in
case of defense in front of a BSSIM
crash by NML to know if it has to
close an MLU session.This attribute
is set to TRUE during the openMLU
session and set to FALSE by the
closeMLUSession.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
125/125

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":mluProgressio
nStatus
Go
MLUProgres
sionStatus
<ENUMERATED=inProgress=1
finished=2 idle=3>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":muxTraupSize
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":n1
GR
N1
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":n2
GR
N2
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":nCI
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":nbr-BlkUnblk
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
"C6ML":nbr-CLR-REQ
GR
Number
<INTEGER>

the MLU progress session which can
have 3 values :
- In progress when a sw generation
package
is
requested
by
the
operator,
- finished when the sw accept
operation is terminated.
- idle at the beginning of the
activation or when the operator
gives up the activation.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
to
trigger
the
sending of a MUXTRAUP packet. It is
the minimum size above which a
MUXTRAUP packet is sent. The size
includes IP header, UDP header, COMH field and payload. A MUXTRAUP
packet may be sent either its size
is above the size threshold or the
timer
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP
has
expired.
in one step.
of access classes 0-9 to be debarred
in one step.
not an out of range timing advance
should trigger a handover failure
procedure. Rules: The TRUE value
triggers
a
handover
failure
procedure. The FALSE value indicates
that the out of range timing advance
is ignored.
of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in
one burst.
This attribute gives the maximum

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
126/126

elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":nbr-RESETCIC-REP
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":nbrPreferred
CellsForHandover
GR
NbrPreferr
edCells
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":nbrResetRep
GR
NbrResetRe
p
{resetIndefiniteIndicato
r
<BOOLEAN>,
nbrReset
<INTEGER>}
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"X.721":operational
State
"COML":pREFERREDBAND
Go
Operationa
lState
PreferredB
and
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=none=0
gsm900=1 dcs1800=2>
GR
number of CLEAR REQUEST message

transmission.
number of RESET CIRCUIT message
repetitions when not acknowledged by
the MSC.
This attribute contains the number
of target cells present in the
Handover required message.
This
attribute
includes
two
parameters:
- An indicator of whether or not the
RESET
message
should
be
sent
indefinitely to the MSC. The TRUE
value means that the RESET message
is repeated indefinitely until a
RESET
or
RESET-ACK
message
is
received. The FALSE value means that
the RESET message is sent only a
maximum number of times without
reply.
- The maximum number of times the
RESET message is sent before an
alarm is sent.
This attribute contains an integer
value which is operator-dependent.
It may be used by an operator to
provide a unique identification of
the corresponding resource defined
by customer's network planning tool.
N.B.: It may not be used as a naming
attribute by Alcatel Information
Models.
This
attribute
indicates
the
frequency band where the multiband
mobile will be preferably directed
to
(used
with
the
relationship
enablePreferredBandHo attribute).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
127/126

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":preferredOMC
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"X.721":proceduralS
tatus
GR
Procedural
Status
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":rMSTEMPLATE-1
GR
RMSTemplat
e
Required=0
notInitialized=1
initializing=2
reporting=3
terminating=4> ...}
{rmstemplate <INTEGER>,
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
This attribute indicates if the OMC

is declared as preferred OMC for the
BSS.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
attribute indicates a set of the
values for the Radio Measurements
Statistics (RMS) parameters to be
applied to the concerned cell whose
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
contains 'x'. More precisely:
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
- measstatlev: Threshold on radio
level to define bands used for RMS
- measstatci: Threshold on radio C/I
(Carrier/Interference) measurements
to define bands used for RMS
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
successive Bad Frame Indication to
define bands used for RMS
- measstats: Threshold on radio link
counter to define bands used for RMS
- measstatpathbal: Threshold on path
balance to define bands used for RMS
- measstatta: Thresholds on TA band
for the RMS TA measurements
- vqaverage: Average window size on
measurements to obtain samples for
Voice Quality statistics
- vqrxlev: Radio level threshold to
specify bad quality samples for
- vqrxqual: Radio quality threshold

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
128/128

"NML":rnlAlcat
"C7ML":rMS-
GR
RMSTemplat
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<INTEGER>, enbalancedci
<BOOLEAN>}
to specify bad quality samples for

- vqrxqualvsrxfer: Radio quality
threshold to specify correlation
between quality samples for Voice
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
threshold to specify bad quality
samples for Voice Quality statistics
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
interference threshold to detect
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
threshold to detect calls with bad
speech quality for Voice Quality
statistics
- enbalancedci: Indicates whether
balancing the C/I measure is enabled
or disabled.
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
129/128
TEMPLATE-10

elBSC
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,

rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
130/129

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,

vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
131/129

measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4

measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
132/131

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
133/131

<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
134/133

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
135/133

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
136/135

<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,

rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
137/136

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
138/136

measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
139/138

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
140/138

<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
141/140

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
142/140

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
<INTEGER>,
{measstat1
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
143/142

<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
144/143

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,

statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
145/143

measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
146/145

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
147/145

<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
148/147

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
149/147

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
150/149

<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2

measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
151/150

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1

or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
152/150

<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
153/152

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
RMSTemplat
e
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
154/152

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":rMSTEMPLATE-NAME-1
GR
UserLabel
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
<GraphicString>

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A rMS-TEMPLATE-NAME-x (x=1 to 16)

attribute contains a user friendly

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
155/154

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
name for the RMS template number x.


ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
156/155

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":rOT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":relatedEMLObj
ect
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":replacementJ
obStatus
Go
Replacemen
tJobStatus
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":reservationSt
atus
Go
Reservatio
nStatus
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlRelatedMFS
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
downloading=1
downloaded=2
activating=3 activated=4
rejecting=5
aborting=7
btsPreDownloading=8
btsPreDownloaded=9>
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
busy=1
busySWlogicalAuditAllowe
d=2
busySWlogicalAuditNotAll
owed=3 busySWR=4>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":sMSCB-MODE
Go
SMSCBMode
<ENUMERATED=noCBC=0
cBC=1>

not the time difference IE shall be
included in the HANDOVER COMPLETE
message.
Rules:
FALSE
=
Time
Difference IE not included by MS in
the HANDOVER COMPLETE message TRUE =
Time Difference IE included by MS in
the HANDOVER COMPLETE message.
This
attribute
defines
the
EML
object instance associated with the
RNL instance which is used by RNL
USM to navigate through the Alarm
Surveillance component.
This status reflects the step in the
SW
replacement
sequence.
A
stateChange notification is sent to
the manager.
This attribute is used to manage the

mutual exclusion between SC and PRC.
The subnetwork is busy when an
activation is on going . Thus SC
operations or other PRC activation
will be rejected.
attribute towards an rnlAlcatelMFS
instance.It is set through the MFassociate/Deassociate a BSC to an
MFS.
This attribute defines if the SMS-CB
is offered by the SMS-CB center.
Remark: The A1353 RA does not offer

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
157/157

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":sMSCB-Phase
GR
Phase
"C6ML":sMSCBRecovery
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":sMSCB-STATE
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":sMSCBfeatureSet
GR
SMSCBFeatu
reSet
<ENUMERATED=feat-set-1=1
feat-set-2=2>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":sendClassMar
kEnquiry
GR
SendCMEnqu
iry
<ENUMERATED=never=0
always=1 if-no-a5-1=2>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":stripByte5Fr
omClassmark2
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":supportedOwn
MCC
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":supportedOwn
MNC
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":swPackagePro
ductionStatus
Go
terminated=2 idle=3>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":tAUTOCLEANING-MEASREP
"COML":t-BIND-CNF
Go
SWPackageP
roductionS
tatus
IntegerVal
ue
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
GR
<ENUMERATED=phase-2=0
phase-2pl=1>
<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
the management of the simplified

SMS-CB.
This attribute defines the GSM Phase
2 or 2+ of the SMS-CB.
This flag indicates whether the CBC
accepts
or
not
the
recovery
indication in the Restart-Indication
message.
SMSCB
feature
is
active
(value
'FALSE') or not (value 'TRUE').
This
attribute
defines
which
features set is usable with the
SMSCB product.
CLASSMARK-ENQUIRY is sent or not and
in which condition.
Classmark
information
should
be
modified before passed to the MSC.
If the boolean is TRUE, the byte 5
is stripped out from CM2 Information
Element in any message.
This attribute contains the Mobile
Country
Code
supported
by
the
corresponding BSC.
Network
Code
supported
by
the
corresponding BSC.
the SW package creation requested by
MLU.
This attribute is a guard timer for
detection
of
the
SDCCH/TCH
autocleaning procedure.
waiting time when aBind primitive is
sent to the CBC to get the answer
either BIND-CONFIRM, BIND-FAILURE or
UNBIND.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
158/157

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C8ML":t-Loc-abort
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C8ML":t-Location
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C8ML":t-LocationLonger
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":t-MS-CELLREJ
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":t14
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":t18-Overload
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":t3101
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
"COML":t3103
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"COML":t3107
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"COML":t3109
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
This attribute contains a BSC timer

used to supervise the response from
the SMLC in case of Location Abort.
used to supervise, on a per call
basis, the response from the SMLC in
case of Location request, when no
RRLP exchange is triggered with the
MS.
case of Location request, when a
MS.
This attribute contains a guard
timer during which the cells the MS
has failed to handover to, will not
be
used
in
subsequent
handover
attempts. This timer has the same
value for all BTS related to one
BSC. They are only setable per BSC.
queuing time for the VGCS Assignment
Requests.
This attribute is the delay between
the latest MSC OVERLOAD or DTC
internal
overload
and
debarring
action.
Also
delay
between
consecutive debarring actions for
overload
procedure
and
telecom
This
attribute
allows
the
supervision
of
the
immediate
assignment procedure.
This attribute allows to supervise
the internal handover.
the assignment procedure.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
159/159

elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":t3111
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"C9ML":t3121
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":t9104
GR
T9104
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":t9105
GR
T9105
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":t9110
Go
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":t9112
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":t9113
GR
T9113
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C7ML":tCH-PREMPT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
the channel.
the SCCP connection procedure.
This attribute indicates a timer
which is started by sending an INTER
SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to
the MS and is normally stopped when
the MS has correctly seized the
UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to
keep the old channels sufficiently
long for the MS to be able to return
to the old channels, and to release
the channels if the MS is lost.
This attribute represents a timer
which supervises the reception of
the CLEAR COMMAND from the MSC
following the sending of a CLEAR
REQUEST by the BSC. It should be set
in
relation
to
the
SCCP/BSSMAP
entities in the MSC.
which supervises the SCCP connection
procedure.
This attribute defines the Timer for
supervision of the MSC response to
HANDOVER FAILURE and ASSIGN FAILURE
messages.
supervision of the Channel Mode
Modify procedure.
Thistimer is used to supervise the
externalhandover procedure in the
target BSC.
TCH/VGCH
pre-emption
feature
is
disabled or enabled. If enabled, a
point-to-point or voice group call

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
160/159

"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":tNotifRespon
seDelay
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CBML":tReselection
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":tWaitUplinkA
ccess
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":tWaitUplinkR
equestAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":tchUsageInfo
Period
Go
TCHUsageIn
foPeriod
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CAML":tddArfcnList
GR
TddArfcnLi
st
{tdd1
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
tdd2
tdd3
with
the
pvi
(pre-emption
vulnerability indication) bit set
might be pre-empted for a point-topoint or voice group call that has
the
pci
(pre-emption
capability
indication) bit set if the concerned
cell is in congestion state.
period for the Multiple SACCH Info
Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in
order to give the MS a chance to
receive the immediately transmitted
VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH
and
SI6
messages.
during which the cell reselection
criteria of the priority algorithm
must be verified to allow the cell
reselection used by a LTE-capable
MS/UE.
This attribute indicates the guard
timer to wait for an Uplink Access.
If no such bursts are received at
this timer expiry, the BSC releases
the voice group call channel in that
cell
and
provide
notifications
containing no channel description.
timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK
or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message
from theMSC.
This
attribute
indicates
the
periodicity at which the message
'TCH Usage Information' is sent.
This message is sent for every cell
internal to the BSC and contains
information relating to the load and
traffic situation of that cell.
This attribute describes the list of
neighbour TDDUTRAN frequencies (TD-

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
161/160

<INTEGER>}
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":timeLimitCal
l
GR
QueueTimeL
imit
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"GSM
12.20":timeLimitHan
dover
GR
QueueTimeL
imit
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTBurst
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTConnEs
t
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":timerTHOReqd
Lost
GR
TimerTHORe
qdLost
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTStatIn
fo
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTi
Go
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTiar
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
SCDMA).
This is the maximum time a call
attempt may wait for a traffic
channel to be available (GSM 08.08
T11). The value zero indicates that
no call queuing is used in the BTS.
This is the maximum time a handover
channelto be available (GSM 08.08
Tqho). The value zero indicates that
no handover queuing is used in the
BTS.
between consecutive bursts of BLOCK
and UNBLOCK messages.
This attribute defines the SCCP
timer waiting for CONNECTION CONFIRM
message from MSC.
This attribute defines a guard timer
for sending the HANDOVER REQUIRED
message to the MSC if the need to
perform an external handover is
detected by the BSC.
timer for repetition of Sub-system
Status Test (SST) message to the
MSC.
This attribute defines the delay to
start the reset procedure after
reception of SPI/SSP from the SCCP.
timer waiting for the reception of a
message on a connection section

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
162/161

noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTias
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C6ML":timerTrel
GR
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NBML":totalMaxPdch
PerBsc
"COML":transcodingC
apability
Go
Number
Go
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"CAML":trauConnecti
onTimeout
GR
Transcodin
gCapabilit
y
TimerData
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"COML":unAcknowledg
edAlarm
Go
BooleanTyp
e
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"COML":versionOfOMC
-BSCInterface
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
Go
UnknownSta
tus
MibVersion
<INTEGER>
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":vgcsFixAmrFr
Codec
GR
VgcsFixAmr
FrCodecTyp
<ENUMERATED=amrfr12200bp
s=0
amrfr10200bps=1
<ENUMERATED=full-rate=0
multi-rate=1
unknown=255>
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<BOOLEAN>
Inactivity in Reception.
This attribute indicates the SCCP
timer : delay to send a message on a
connection section Inactivity in
Sending.
timer: time to wait for RELEASE
COMPLETE message from MSC.
number of PDCH per BSC.
This attribute gives the transcoding
capability full rate or multi rate.
This attribute describes the waiting
time
to
detect
loss
of
synchronization between BTS and TC
in case of IP transport.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence
of
some
alarms
not
acknowledged by the operator. If the
value is TRUE, the operator can
access to the list ofun-acknowledged
alarm via the alcatelCurrentList
attribute
otherwise
all
active
alarms have been acknowledged by the
operator.
<BOOLEAN>
This attribute contains the version
of the A1353 RA/BSC interface.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute indicates the type of
FR AMR codec used in the network.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
163/162

amrfr7950bps=2
amrfr7400bps=3
amrfr6700bps=4
amrfr5900bps=5
amrfr5150bps=6
amrfr4750bps=7>
<ENUMERATED=amrhr7950bps
=0
amrhr7400bps=1
amrhr6700bps=2
amrhr5900bps=3
amrhr5150bps=4
amrhr4750bps=5>
<ENUMERATED=activated=1
notActivated=2>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elBSC
"C9ML":vgcsFixAmrHr
Codec
GR
VgcsFixAmr
HrCodecTyp
e
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"N7ML":activationSt
atus
Go
Activation
Status
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"COML":alarmsAcknow
ledgementSynthesis
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatus
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
aligningDown=1
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode

HR AMR codec used in the network.
This attribute contains a global

indicator of the alignment of the
RNL/GPRS data with respect to the
MFS one. More precisely, when a a
manual activation has been triggered
by the operator, this attribute
contains
the
value
'activated'
otherwise it contains the value
'notActivated'.
alarms
that
are
considered
to
compute
the
attribute value).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
164/164

"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"COML":mfsGeneratio
n
"NMD":neAlarmStatus
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"COML":networkAddre
ss
GR
MfsGenerat
ion
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<GraphicString>
Go
GR
Presentati
onAddress
{[pSelector
<OCTETSTRING>],
[sSelector
<OCTET-STRING>],
[tSelector
<OCTETSTRING>],
nAddresses
This attribute indicates the MFS

generation.
This attribute provides an alarm
status synthesis at the sdheNE level
of all the alarm statuses of managed
objects
contained
in
the
networkElement.
It
is
the
responsibility
of
the
managed
objects contained in networkElement
to update the neAlarmStatus when
their own alarmStatus changes.
This attribute can be replaced by
the managing system only if the
supervisionState attribute of the
supervisionCoordinator
holds
the
value 'declared'.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
165/165

{<OCTET-STRING> ...}}
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"NML":reservationSt
atus
Go
Reservatio
nStatus
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
busy=1
d=2
owed=3 busySWR=4>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"NMD":supervisionSt
ate
Go
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UnknownSta
tus
UserLabel
<BOOLEAN>
GR
<GraphicString>

Models.
will be rejected.
This attribute indicates the state
of the NE for the supervision point
of view. It may have the following
values:
- 'declared' indicates that the NE
has been created and that a start
supervision operation still needs to
be triggered on the NE.
- 'activating' indicates that a
start supervision operation has been
triggered on the NE but is not yet
completed.
- 'supervised' indicates that the NE
is ready for being supervised.
- 'deactivating' indicates that a
stop supervision operation has been
triggered on the NE. No management
operations are allowed on the NE
when this attribute contains either
'activating' or 'deactivating'.
The
User
Label
attribute
type

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
166/166

"NML":rnlAlcat
elMFS
"M.3100":version
Go
Version
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CMB":aCmbNExtraAbi
sTsMain
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CMB":aCmbNExtraAbi
sTsSecondary
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
associated object.
The
Version
attribute
type
identifies
the
version
of
the
associated managed object.
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
167/166

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CMB":btsSiteManage
rIDSecondary
Go
GsmGeneral
ObjectID
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"COML":combinerType
Go
CombinerTy
pe
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CMB":frequencyRang
e
GR
FrequencyR
ange

mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<INTEGER>
<ENUMERATED=fixedCavitie
s=0 rtc=1 wbc=2 dup=3
dupAir=4 unknown=255>
<ENUMERATED=p-gsm=0
dcs1800=1
e-gsm=2
dcs1900=3 gsm-dcs=4 egsm-dcs=5
gsm850=6
gan=7>

combiner used in a given BTS sector.
This
attribute
indicates
the
corresponding
MOI.
If
the
MOI

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
168/168

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"C6ML":gprsCapabili
ty
Go
GprsCapabi
lity
<ENUMERATED=supportedByH
W=1
notSupportedByHW=2
unknown=255>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"COML":hoppingMode
Go
HoppingMod
e
{<ENUMERATED=noHopping=0
basebandHopping=1
radioHopping=2
nh-rh=3
unknown=255> ...}
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CBML":mcModuleList
Go
McModuleLi
st
{{mcpaFrequencySpan
<INTEGER>,
numberOfConfiguredTRE
<INTEGER>,
mcModuleID
{rackNumber
<INTEGER>,
shelfNumber
<INTEGER>,
This attribute defines the GPRS

hardware
capability
of
the
sector.The value TRUE indicates that
the
sector
supports
the
GPRS
otherwise the value FALSE is used
for GSM.
supported
logical
hopping
configuration with no relationship
with the physical way the BTS hops.
Its
value
depends
on
the
radioCarrierType as described below
:
- If the radioCarrierType is a
monoFrequency type, the acceptable
hopping
mode
are
Non
hopping,
basebandhopping.
- If the radioCarrierType is a Radio
Hopping
without
on-board
BCCH
Filler, the acceptable hopping modes
are Non hopping, basebandhopping and
a combination of non hopping and
radio hopping (NH/RH).
- If the radioCarrierType is a Radio
Hopping with on-board BCCH Filler,
the acceptable hopping modes are Non
hopping, basebandhopping and radio
hopping. The A1353 RA has to check
the configured hopping type is one
of
the
value
defined
for
the
hoppingModes.
identifies
a
location
where
an
This attribute represents a list
which
contains
the
MC
modules
attached to one sector.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
169/169

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatus
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"COML":nbBaseBandTr
ansceiver
Go
NbBaseBand
Transceive
slotNumber
<INTEGER>},
withOtherStandard
<BOOLEAN>} ...}
aligningDown=1
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<INTEGER>

This attribute gives the number of

TRE that are configured on the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
170/170

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CAML":nbOfEdgeTREs
PerSector
"C6ML":nbrDRGSM1800-1900-TRE
Go
rType
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"C6ML":nbrDRGSM900-TRE
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CBML":overbooking
Go
Overbookin
g
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"C9ML":pwrMaxDcsCap
abilityPerSector
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<ENUMERATED=no=0
low=1
high=2 level3=3 level4=4
level5=5
level6=6
level7=7 unknown=255>
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"C9ML":pwrMaxGsmCap
abilityPerSector
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"C7ML":relatedCellS
hared
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
corresponding sector.
of Edge TREs per sector.
of TRE Dual Rate in the GSM1800/1900
frequency range.
of TRE Dual Rate in the GSM900
frequency range.
Models.
This attribute allows the BTS to add
GSM power budget on each TRE of a
MC-module.
GMSK output power at the BTS antenna
output
connector
that
can
be
provided by the concerned sector for
the DCS frequency bands (GSM 1800
and GSM 1900).
output
connector
that
can
be
the GSM frequency band (GSM 850 or
GSM 900).
- For a rnlAlcatelSector MOI: this
attribute indicates the cell MOI
associated
with
this
secondary

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
171/170

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":relatedEMLObj
ect
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":rnlRelatedCel
l
Go
RnlRelated
Cell
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSector
"CAML":secondaryAbi
sID
"C9ML":txDivTreNumb
er
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
Number
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
<INTEGER>
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"CAML":abisBandwidt
h
"CAML":abisID
Go
Go
NumberOrUn
known
Number
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
<INTEGER>
"COML":abisTopology
Go
AbisTopolo
gy
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"CMB":abisTransport
Mode
"CMB":aCmbCommercia
lUse
Go
TransportM
ode
IntegerVal
ue
<ENUMERATED=chain=0
ring=1
ip-chain=2
group=3>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
Go
<INTEGER>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
sector.
attribute
indicates
the
primary
alcatelBts-Sector
MOI
associated
with this secondary sector.
This
attribute
defines
the
EML
This
attribute
contains
the
distinguished name of the MOC cell
associated.
This
attribute
identifies
the
secondary Abis.
of the TxDIV TRE per sector.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute describes the total
Abis bandwidth.
This attribute identifies the Abis.
This
attribute
indicates
the
topology of the Abis : chain, ring,
group or IP chain.
This
attribute
describes
the
transport mode of the Abis.
equipment
is
in
commercial
use
(value 1) or not (value 0).

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
172/171

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"CMB":alarmsAcknowl
edgementStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"COML":allowextendedCell
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
Availabili
tyStatus
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"COML":btsHwFamily
Go
BtsHwFamil
y
"NML":rnlAlcat
"CBML":btsNetwSynch
Go
BtsNetwSyn
unknown:<NULL>
|
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
unknown:<NULL>
|
evolium:<ENUMERATED=mono
StandardBtsOutdoor=95
monoStandardBtsIndoor=96
multiStandardBtsOutdoor=
97
multiStandardBtsIndoor=9
8 micro=99 evolium=100>
{gpsSynchro
<BOOLEAN>,
Go

(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
perceivedSeverity
value
of
the
extended cells are allowed.
This attribute contains the origin

of the BTS family as reported by
BTS.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
173/172

elSiteManager
roMode
chroMode
ntpSynchro
<BOOLEAN>,
pcmSynchro
<BOOLEAN>,
cpriSynchro <BOOLEAN>}
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"CBML":fnOffsetTime
Synchro
Go
Number
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"CBML":isIPsec
Go
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
LocationNa
me
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"COML":maxBasebandTransceiver
-perSector
Go
MaxValues
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"COML":max-BtsSector
Go
MaxValues
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"COML":max-FHSperSector
Go
MaxValues
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatus
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":mfsAlignmentS
tatusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
aligningDown=1
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
This attribute is used to allow BTS

GPS synchronized to have different
frame number.This parameter is used
only if the BTS is a master BTS and
is GPS synchronized.
support of IP sec.
identifies
a
location
where
an
number of baseband transceivers per
cell on a BtsSiteManager from a
theoretical viewpoint.
number
of
Bts-Sector
on
a
BtsSiteManager.
number of Frequency Hopping systems
on a BtsSiteManager.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
174/174

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"C6ML":muxRate
Go
MuxRate
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"C6ML":muxRule
Go
MuxRule
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
{[signallingLoadBts
<ENUMERATED=dummy=0
normal=1
high=2>],
[signallingLoadPerSector
{{sectorNumber
<INTEGER>,
signallingLoad
<ENUMERATED=dummy=0
normal=1 high=2>} ...}]}
<ENUMERATED=noMux=0
staticMux=1
statisticMux64=2
statisticMux16=3>
<INTEGER>
This attribute indicates:

whether
multiplexing
is
BTSbalanced
or
sector-balanced
(multiplexing mode)
- the corresponding or signalling
load
- for the whole BTS if BTS-balanced
for
each
sector
if
sectorbalanced.
This
attribute
indicates
the
multiplexing
rule
for
a
corresponding alcatelLapdLink MOI.
Models.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
175/175

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"X.721":operational
State
"COML":radioCarrier
Type
Go
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":relatedEMLObj
ect
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"C7ML":relatedSynch
ronizedBTS
Go
RelatedSyn
chronizedB
TS
unknown:<NULL>
|
master:notAvailable:<NUL
L>
|
tance>
|
listOfSlaves:{<ObjectIns
tance> ...}
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"C9ML":rSLs12PerBTS
Number
"CAML":signalingBan
dwidth
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
NumberOrUn
known
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"CAML":tchActivityF
actor
"CAML":tchBandwidth
Go
NumberOrUn
known
NumberOrUn
known
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
Go
Go
Operationa
lState
RadioCarri
erType
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=monofrequency=1
radiohopping-without-onboard-BCCHFiller=4
radio-hopping-with-onboard-BCCHFiller=2
unknown=255>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
This attribute
radio carrier.
gives
the
type
of
This
attribute
defines
the
EML
flexible
MAIO
and
cell
shared
features. It is used to associate:
- listOfSlaves alternative: a master
BTS with a list of up to 3 slaves
BTS (rnlAlcatelSiteManager MOIs
- resp. alcatelBtsSiteManager MOIs)
- master alternative: a slave BTS
with the master BTS this both at RNL
level (rnlAlcatelSiteManager MOIs)
and
at
core
BSS
level
(alcatelBtsSiteManager MOIs). A BTS
that is standAlone is considered to
be a master BTS. The unknownValue is
used when it is not yet known
whether the BTS is master or slave
of the RSLs per BTS.
This
attribute
describes
the
bandwidth consumed by one signaling
link.
This attribute describes the percent
from all TCH active at one time.
This
attribute
describes
the
bandwidth consumed by one TCH.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
176/176

"NML":rnlAlcat
elSiteManager
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elTcRackManage
r
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elTcRackManage
r
"NML":rnlAlcat
elTcRackManage
r
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":relatedEMLObj
ect
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"NML":rnlAlcat
elTcRackManage
r
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"C6ML":channelSelec
tionPreferenceMark
GR
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"N7ML":inactiveList
OfFrequencyUsage
GR
ChannelSel
ectionPref
erenceMark
InactiveLi
stOfFreque
ncyUsage
{noUse:<NULL>
|
nonHopping:<INTEGER>
|
hopping:{maio <INTEGER>,
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
identifies
a
location
where
an
This
attribute
defines
the
EML
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
indicates
a
preference mark assigned to a given
TRX.
inactive
frequency
usage
for
8
timeslots which can be switched on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
177/177

hoppingGroup
...}
<INTEGER>}
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"COML":listOfRadioC
hannels
GR
ListOfRadi
oChannels
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"X.721":operational
State
"C6ML":preserveCall
s
Go
Operationa
lState
BooleanTyp
e
enabled=1>
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"COML":rank
GR
Rank
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlBaseb
"C7ML":sharedSector
GR
SharedSect
<ENUMERATED=main=0
Go
{{channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
cCH=6
bCCHwithCBCH=7
sDCCHwithCBCH=8
dynSDCCH=9
tCH=20
idle=255>,
frequencyUsage
noUse:<NULL>
|
|
hoppingGroup <INTEGER>}}
...}
<GraphicString>
the active configuration if the

quick
toggle
function
has
been
required by the operator.
This attribute indicates the radio
configuration of the 8 physical
channels (time slots) corresponding
to a Baseband Transceiver. More
precisely,
for
each
physical
channel, it is indicated:
- the logical channel combination
mapped onto it
- whether or not frequency hopping
is
used
and
associated
frequency(ies).

identifies
a
location
where
an
This attribute is used as follows:
- When the forceTrxRslReshuffling
attribute contains 'FALSE' and when
any TRX definition in the cell has
been changed, this attribute is set
to: . 'FALSE' for the TRXs for which
the radio channel configuration is
changed . 'TRUE' for the other TRXs.
For these TRXs, no calls are lost.
attribute
contains
'TRUE',
this
attribute is set to 'FALSE' for all
TRXs of the cell, whether a TRX
modification has been done or not.
This attribute indicates the order
in which the basebandTransceivers
have been created by the operator.
This attribute indicates if the TRX

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
178/177

andTransceiver
Type
orType
secondary=1>
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"GSM 12.20":tei
Go
TEI
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":rnlBaseb
andTransceiver
"COML":zONE-TYPE
GR
ZoneType
<ENUMERATED=inner=0
outer=1 none=2>
"NML":rnlFrequ
encyHoppingSys
tem
"GSM
12.20":hoppingSeque
nceNumber
GR
HoppingSeq
uenceNumbe
r
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlFrequ
encyHoppingSys
tem
"NML":rnlFrequ
encyHoppingSys
tem
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"A12.20":mobileAllo
cation
GR
MobileAllo
cation
{<INTEGER> ...}
is associated with a primary sector

(main) or with a secondary one.
The
tei
attribute
contains
the
Terminal
Endpoint
Identifier
corresponding
to
the
lapdLink
object. See Specifications GSM 08.58
and CCITT Q.921.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute indicates, for each
TRX of the BTS, whether it is
allocated to the inner or the outer
zone of the cell. If this attribute
is used in the context of concentric
cell where the basebandTransceiver
is linked to a specific zone, it
will take the value 'inner' or
'outer', else the value is not
significant. Any frequency used in a
cell is used by TRXs of one zone
only. Remark: the zoneType of the
baseBandTransceiver supporting the
BCCH must always be 'outer'.
The Hopping Sequence Number (HSN)
determines the order in which the
allocated frequencies are used.Refer
to Specification GSM 05.02.
identifies
a
location
where
an
The
attribute
mobileAllocation
specifies
the
set
of
radio
frequencies (ARFCNs) allocated to
all channels that belong to the
frequencyHoppingSystem instance that
contains the attribute. This set of
radio frequencies must be included
in
the
allowed
radio
frequency
values
specified
by
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
179/178

"NML":rnlFrequ
encyHoppingSys
tem
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"CMB":aCmbAlpha
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"CMB":aCmbNAvgI
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CMB":aCmbPcMeasCha
n
GR
PCMeasChan
<ENUMERATED=bcch=0
pdch=1>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CMB":aCmbTAvgT
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CMB":aCmbTAvgW
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"ABSS":aGprsGammaTn
x
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":bS-P-CON-ACK
GR
TimerLayer
3
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":bS-P-CON-INT
GR
TimerLayer
3
<INTEGER>
cellAllocation
attribute
of
the
containing bts object instance.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
GSM 04.60:This attribute defines the
ALPHA power control parameter.
This attribute contains a value that
is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in
the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses this
value for filtering the interference
signal level measurements that the
MS shall perform during the packet
transfer mode. These measurements
are used by the (E)GPRS MS for
output
power
control
they
are
reported to the network and used for
performing downlink link adaptation.
This attribute determines on which
channel the MS shall measure the
received power level on the downlink
for the purpose of the uplink power
control.
GSM 04.60: The T_AVG_T parameter is
a signal strength filter period for
power control in packet transfer
mode.
GSM 04.60: The T_AVG_W parameter is
a signal strength filter period for
power control in packet idle mode.
This attribute indicates the binary
representation of the gamma ch for
MS output power control.
This
attribute
defines
the
supervision of the BS power control
procedure.
This attribute represents the delay
before
the
next
power
command
comparaison procedure, after the
previous one has been terminated.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
180/179

"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CMB":bS-TXPWR-MAX
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":bS-TXPWRMAX-INNER
GR
BsTxPwr
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":bS-TXPWR-MIN
GR
BsTxPwr
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CBML":bsTxPwrAtten
uation
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CBML":bsTxPwrAtten
uationInner
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":eN-BS-PC
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":eN-MS-PC
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C9ML":emePwrMaxDcs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
This attribute indicates the power

reduction relative to the maximum
GMSK output power of the BTS.
This attribute is used to define the
power reduction relative to the
maximum GMSK output power of the TRX
of the inner zone in a concentric or
multi-band cell.
This attribute is used to define the
minimum transmit power of BS in a
cell. Rules: <= BS_TXPWR_MAX. The
attribute value holds a reduction of
dB that must be applied on the bSTXPWR-MAX-Reference value to obtain
the minimum power of BS in a cell.
Remark: depends on the cellular
network planning.
This attribute defines the power
reduction,
expressed
in
0.1dB,
applied on the output power (after
leveling). In a concentric or multiband cell, this attenuation applies
on the output power of the TRX(s) of
the outer zone.
This attribute defines the power
reduction,
expressed
in
0.1dB,
applied on the output power of the
TRX(s) of the inner zone in a
concentric or multi-band cell (after
leveling).
BS power control for the downlink is
inhibited or enabled. Rules: TRUE
means 'enabled'.
MS power control for the uplink is
inhibited or enabled. Rules: TRUE
means 'enabled'.
emission power for the cell on the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
181/181

"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C9ML":emePwrMaxGsm
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CBML":enPowerSavin
g
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
BooleanTyp
e
LocationNa
me
<BOOLEAN>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CBML":lRxqualDlPAm
rRxacch
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"CBML":lRxqualUlPAm
rRxacch
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":mS-P-CON-ACK
GR
TimerLayer
3
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":mS-P-CON-INT
GR
TimerLayer
3
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":mS-TXPWR-MAX
GR
MsTxPwr
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":mS-TXPWRMAX-INNER
GR
MsTxPwr
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":mS-TXPWR-MIN
GR
MsTxPwr
<INTEGER>
Go
<GraphicString>
frequency band 1800 and 1900.

emission power for the cell on the
frequency band 850 and 900.
This attribute enables power saving
on all TRXs in the cell.
identifies
a
location
where
an
This
attribute
indicates
lower
downlink quality threshold for power
control of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK
calls where Repeated DL FACCH (for
LAPDm command and response frames)
and Repeated SACCH are activated.
This
attribute
indicates
lower
uplink quality threshold for power
control of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK
calls where Repeated DL FACCH (for
LAPDm command and response frames)
and Repeated SACCH are activated.
This
attribute
defines
the
supervision of the MS power control
procedure.
This attribute represents the delay
before
the
next
power
command
comparison
procedure,
after
the
previous one has been terminated.
within
a
serving
cell.
This
parameter is used within the BSC.
The parameter is not sent to the MS.
power for a MS in the inner zone of
the concentric or multiband cell.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
182/181

"NML":rnlPower
Control
"GSM
12.20":msmtProcPara
mLoc
Go
MsmtProces
singMode
<ENUMERATED=basicMeasure
mentReporting=0
btsProcessedMeasurementR
eporting=1>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"GSM
12.20":pcAveragingL
ev
GR
AveragingP
aram
{hreqave
<INTEGER>,
hreqt
<INTEGER>,
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"GSM
12.20":pcAveragingQ
ual
GR
AveragingP
aram
{hreqave
<INTEGER>,
hreqt
<INTEGER>,

within a serving cell.
Radio link measurements for use by
the
power
control
and
handover
algorithms are transferred to the
BSC in their natural state or,
optionally, they can be processed by
the
BTS
with
results
being
transferred.
This
attribute
is
contained in handover and power
control
objects
along
with
parameters
that
control
the
algorithm processing. Different sets
of parameters may be used for BSC
and BTS processing. This indicator
is used to determine to which
processing
mode
the
specific
instance of the parameters apply.
The
pcAveragingLev
attribute
the signal strength measurements.
The values are used in the power
control process.
05.08).
in GSM 05.08).
- Weighting.
The
pcAveragingQual
attribute
the signal quality measurements. The
values are used in the power control
process.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
183/182

"NML":rnlPower
Control
"COML":pcLowerOffse
tQualParam
GR
OffsetHopp
ing
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"GSM
12.20":pcLowerThres
holdLevParam
GR
ThresholdL
ev
{rxLevelUL
<INTEGER>,
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"A12.20":pcLowerThr
esholdQualParam
GR
ThresholdQ
ual
{rxQualUL
<INTEGER>,
05.08).
in GSM 05.08).
- Weighting.
This attribute applies a positive
offset
to
the
pcLowerThresholdQualParam attribute
for uplink and downlink in case of
hopping system.
The
pcLowerThresholdLevParam
attribute
contains
the
lower
thresholds
for
the
uplink
and
downlink signal strength. The values
are used in the power control
process.
See
Specification
GSM
05.08.
- Threshold level for uplink power
increase (L_RXLEV_UL_P).
- Threshold level for downlink power
increase (L_RXLEV_DL_P).
- The total number of averages
thathave to be taken into account
before power increase decision (N1).
lower than the threshold, before
making a power increase decision
(P1).
The
pcLowerThresholdQualParam
attribute
contains
the
lower
thresholds
for
the
uplink
and
downlink signal quality. The values
process.
See
Specification
GSM
05.08.
increase (L_RXQUAL_UL_P).
increase (L_RXQUAL_DL_P).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
184/183

"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C6ML":pcSDCCHStopD
uration
GR
PcSDCCHSto
pDuration
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"GSM
12.20":pcUpperThres
holdLevParam
GR
ThresholdL
ev
{rxLevelUL
<INTEGER>,
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"A12.20":pcUpperThr
esholdQualParam
GR
ThresholdQ
ual
{rxQualUL
<INTEGER>,

before power increase decision (N3).
making a power increase decision
(P3).
This attribute contains the time
during
which
power
control
is
inhibited
on
the
SDCCHs
after
completion
of
an
Immediate
Assignment
Procedure.
It
is
recommended that the value of this
attribute is greater or equal to the
sdcchCounter attribute value.
The
pcUpperThresholdLevParam
attribute
contains
the
upper
thresholds
for
the
uplink
and
downlink signal strength. The values
process.
See
Specification
GSM
05.08.
reduction (U_RXLEV_UL_P).
reduction (U_RXLEV_DL_P).
before
power
reduction
decision
(N2).
making a power reduction decision
(P2).
The
pcUpperThresholdQualParam
attribute
contains
the
upper
thresholds
for
the
uplink
and
downlink signal quality. The values

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
185/184

"NML":rnlPower
Control
"GSM
12.20":powerControl
Interval
Go
PowerContr
olInterval
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C6ML":powerIncrFac
tor
GR
PowerContr
olFactor
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C6ML":powerIncrMax
GR
MaxPowerVa
riation
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"A12.20":powerIncrS
tepSize
GR
PowerIncrS
tepSize
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C6ML":powerRedFact
or
GR
PowerContr
olFactor
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"C6ML":powerRedMax
GR
MaxPowerVa
riation
<INTEGER>
"NML":rnlPower
"GSM
GR
PowerRedSt
<INTEGER>

process.
See
Specification
GSM
05.08.
reduction (U_RXQUAL_UL_P).
reduction (U_RXQUAL_DL_P).
before
power
reduction
decision
(N4).
making a power reduction decision
(P4).
The powerControlInterval attribute
contains
the
minimum
interval
between successive modifications of
the RF power level. Refer to the
Specification
GSM
05.08
(P_Con_INTERVAL).
This attribute contains a weighting
factor applied when computing the
step size for increasing power.
power increase allowed in one power
control command.
The
powerIncrStepSize
attribute
defines the step size used when
increasing the MS transmit power.
Refer to Specification GSM 05.08
(Pow_Incr_Step_Size).
This attribute contains a weighting
factor applied when computing the
step size for reducing power.
power decrease allowed in one power
control command.
The
powerRedStepSize
attribute

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
186/185

Control
12.20":powerRedStep
Size
epSize
"NML":rnlPower
Control
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"CMB":aCmbPlmnFrequ
encyBands
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"NML":activationMod
e
GR
Activation
Mode
<ENUMERATED=mluMode=1
messageMode=2>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"NML":cellsToBeDele
ted
Go
CellsToBeD
eletedList
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"NML":currentSessio
nStatus
Go
CurrentSes
sionStatus
{{relatedGSMObject
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>,
userLabel
<GraphicString>,
cellGlobalIdentity {lai
{mcc <OCTET-STRING>, mnc
<OCTET-STRING>,
lac
<INTEGER>},
ci
<INTEGER>},
objectType
<ENUMERATED=cell=1
externalOMCcell=2
btsSiteManager=3
bSC=4
externalOMC3gcell=5
externalOMCLtecell=6>,
[global3gCellIdentity
{mcc3g
<OCTET-STRING>,
mnc3g
<OCTET-STRING>,
local3gCi
<INTEGER>}],
[eGlobalLteCellIdentity
{mccLte <OCTET-STRING>,
mncLte
<OCTET-STRING>,
ciLte <INTEGER>}]} ...}
<ENUMERATED=noSession=0
mluSession=1
messageSession=2>
defines the step size used when

reducing the MS transmit power.
Refer to Specification GSM 05.08
(Pow_Red_Step_Size).
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
indicates
the
PLMN.
This attribute is available in the
PRC mode and allows the operator to
select the MLU mode or the CMISE
Message Mode used by the activation.
This attribute holds the list of
cells which will be deleted during
the ActivateProvisioningDomain. This
attribute
is
updated
via
the
deleteCellinProvisioningAndSupervisi
on Action. This attribute is not
subject to the attributeValueChange
notification.

the current activation session with
EML : a MLU session is running or a

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
187/186

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"NAML":currentTotal
sOfConfiguredUnits
Go
TotalOfCon
figUnits
{{featureName
<ENUMERATED=dtmMode1=1
amrFR=2
amrHRMode1=3
eGSM=4
gsmToUmtsReselection=5
egprsMode1=6
cs3cs4Mode1=7
r99QoSMode1=8
en3GHo=9
logicalTRXs=10 drTREs=11
txDivTREs=12
cs1cs2Mode1=13
cs1cs2Mode2=14 ganHO=15
rSLsAbove12=16
sdhLinksTotalNumber=17
multiCCCH=18
gsmToUmtsTddReselection=
19
dtmMode2=20
edaMode1=21 edaMode2=22
amrWB=23
mslot3033=24
repACCH=25
bssPagCoordMode1=26
a53CipherAlg=27
tfoAmrNB=28
tfo=29
bssPagCoordMode2=30
rimNaccMode1=31
rimNaccMode2=32
enIpBss=33
enIPoEth=34
egprsMode2=35
cs3cs4Mode2=36
r99QoSMode2=37
amrHRModeTre=38
mslot3033Mode2=39
trxPwrSave=40
aFlex=41
aSigoIp=42
ipSec=43
gBoIpMode1=44
gBoIpMode2=45
multiPlmn=46
extendedCell=47
abisSat=48
aterSat=49
message session is running or no

activation is running.
This attribute represents the total
number
of
units
configured
by
optional locked features, managed by
the OMC

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
188/187

smscb=50
basicLcs=51
gpsSynchroMode=53
randomFbL2=54
gsmToLteFddReselection=5
5
customizeExternalAlarmsB
tsLevel=56
gBFlexMode1=57
gBFlexMode2=58
antennaHopping=59
mcModule=60
overBooking=61
moreBcchBsic=62
mcModuleMultistandard=63
>,
numberOfUnits
<INTEGER>} ...}
<ENUMERATED=none=0
cellLevel=1
adjacencyLevel=2>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N9ML":externalTarg
etVGCSLinkWarnLevel
GR
VGCSLinkWa
rnLevel
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMCC-1
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMCC-2
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMCC-3
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMCC-4
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMNC-1
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMNC-2
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMNC-3
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
This attribute indicates the detail

level for the warnings related to
VGCS adjacencies targeting external
cells.
A foreignMCC-x (x=1 to 4) attribute
contains the mobile country code of
the foreign PLMN number x.
A foreignMNC-x (x=1 to 4) attribute
contains the mobile network code of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
189/189

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignMNC-4
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignPlmnN
ame-1
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignPlmnN
ame-2
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignPlmnN
ame-3
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":foreignPlmnN
ame-4
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":listOfDefine
dLSA
Go
ListOfDefi
nedLSA
{{lSAID
<INTEGER>,
lSAName <GraphicString>}
...}
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"NML":omc3InstanceN
ame
Go
Omc3Instan
ceName
<GraphicString>

A
foreignPlmnName-x
(x=1
to
4)
attribute contains the user-friendly
name of the foreign PLMN number x.
A
foreignPlmnName-x
(x=1
to
4)
A
foreignPlmnName-x
(x=1
to
4)
A
foreignPlmnName-x
(x=1
to
4)
authorized LSAs, each LSA being
defined by its corresponding LSA-ID
and LSA friendly name. It is managed
in the Supervision domain.
identifies
a
location
where
an
Models.
This attribute contains a value that
uniquely identifies the A1353 RA
instance throughout the world. It is
Alcatel's
responsability
to
guarantee this unicity. This value
is assigned at the A1353 RA instance
installation time.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
190/189

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMCC-1
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMCC-2
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMCC-3
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMCC-4
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMNC-1
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMNC-2
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMNC-3
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownMNC-4
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownPlmnName1
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownPlmnName2
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownPlmnName3
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N7ML":ownPlmnName4
Go
PlmnName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N9ML":ownTargetVGC
SLinkWarnLevel
GR
VGCSLinkWa
rnLevel
<ENUMERATED=none=0
cellLevel=1
adjacencyLevel=2>
A ownMCC-x (x=1 to 4) attribute

contains the Mobile Country Code of
the own PLMN number x.
A ownMNC-x (x=1 to 4) attribute
A ownPlmnName-x (x=1 to 4) attribute
contains the user-friendly name of
This attribute indicates the detail
level for the warnings related to
VGCS
adjacencies
targeting
own
cells.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
191/191

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":prcAccessRig
ht
Go
AccessRigh
t
<ENUMERATED=restricted=0
public=1>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":prcActivator
Go
UserLoginN
ame
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":prcCreator
Go
UserLoginN
ame
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":prcFreeDescr
iption
Go
FreeText
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":prcLastModif
GTime
Go
DateAndTim
e
<GeneralizedTime>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"X.721":proceduralS
tatus
Go
Procedural
Status
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"NML":reservationSt
atus
Go
Reservatio
nStatus
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-1
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
Required=0
notInitialized=1
initializing=2
reporting=3
terminating=4> ...}
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
busy=1
d=2
owed=3 busySWR=4>
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
This attribute characterises the

access right to the associated PRC.
Its possible values are:
- restricted: in this case, some
actions are limited to the creator
of the PRC and the operators who
have the appropriate FAD (e.g. open
or delete the PRC)
- public: in this case, the PRC can
be used freely by any operator.
This
attribute
indicates
the
operator
who
has
requested
the
activation of the associated PRC, if
any otherwise, it contains the empty
string.
This
attribute
indicates
the
operator
who
has
created
the
associated PRC.
This
attribute
contains
a
user
friendly
description
of
the
associated PRC.
This attribute indicates the date
and time at which the associated PRC
was last accessed in modification.

will be rejected.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
attribute describes the (operatordefined)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
192/192

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-10
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-2
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-3
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-4
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-5
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
193/193

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-6
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-7
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-8
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
e-9
Go
SdcchTempl
ate
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-1
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
{{trxNumber
<INTEGER>,
timeSlotNumber
<INTEGER>,
channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=empty=0
sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
dynSDCCH=9>} ...}
<GraphicString>
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A
sdcchTemplate-x
(x=1
to
10)
dynamic
SDCCH
template
number 'x'.
A sdcchTemplateName-x (x=1 to 10)

name
for
the
(operator-defined)
dynamic SDCCH template number 'x'.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
194/194

"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-10
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-2
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-3
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-4
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-5
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-6
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-7
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-8
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"N8ML":sdcchTemplat
eName-9
Go
SdcchTempl
ateName
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"NML":subNetwo
"N9ML":warningThres
Go
Number
<INTEGER>

name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
name
for
the
(operator-defined)
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
indicates
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
195/195

rk
LtdFeatures
"NML":subNetwo
rk
"COML":wTC
Go
WtcType
<INTEGER>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":aProgress
Go
Progress
<INTEGER>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":activateStatus
ReportPeriodicity
GR
ActivateSt
atusReport
Period
<INTEGER>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
percentage of the negociated limits

for the optional locked features
above which the user gets warning
messages
before
the
limits
exceeding.
This attribute gives the time during
wich the cell shall wait for traffic
clear due to the lock and shutdown
of
the
cell
or
due
to
radio
modification impacting the traffic.
This attribute is used to store the
progress
of
the
ongoing
action
(download,
predownload,
activate,
reject). If the window software
management pops up when an action is
ongoing,
the
ongoing
action
is
retrieved
from
the
softwareReplacementJobStatus and its
progress
in
retrieved
from
the
attribute aProgress.
This attribute defines the intervals
between 2 consecutive messages M-SWACTIVATE-STATUS-REPORT sent by the
BSC to the A1353 RA.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
196/195

(from
highest
to
lowest)
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"GSM
12.20":backupESU
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":backupJobStatu
s
Go
BackupJobS
tatus
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":enableAutomati
cDLSBackup
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
"GSM
12.20":fallbackESU
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
backUpInProgress=30
restoreInProgress=31>
{<INTENUM=subjectToTest=
0 partOfServicesLocked=1
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
<BOOLEAN>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
is:
This
attribute
identifies
the
instance
of
the
executableSoftwareUnit object class
that will be run (if any) in the
case
that
the
system
supports
automatic
start
or
restart
of
software
in
the
case
of
initialization
or
failure.
In
automatic start and restart the
value of this attribute shall be
copied into the runningESU attribute
and the behaviour of that attribute
shall be followed.
This status reflects the state of
the backup and restore operations.

automatic DLS backup is to be
actually
triggered
at
midnight
(value
'TRUE')
or
not
(value
'FALSE').
This
attribute
identifies
an
instance
of
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
197/196

eUnit
tance>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"GSM 12.20":newESU
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":oefSessionInPr
ogress
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"X.721":operational
State
Go
Operationa
lState
enabled=1>
"COML":replacementJ
obStatus
Go
Replacemen
tJobStatus
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":restartPeriod
GR
ReportPeri
odTimer
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
downloading=1
downloaded=2
rejecting=5
aborting=7
btsPreDownloading=8
btsPreDownloaded=9>
<INTEGER>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":restartThresho
ld
GR
RestartThr
eshold
<INTEGER>
"SW":alcatelOp
"GSM
Go
RelatedGSM
notAvailable:<NULL>

that is available on the system for
use in recovery from failures in the
running software. In alcatel BSS,
this attribute equals the running
ESU.
This
attribute
identifies
an
instance
of
the
that is available on the system but
that may be subject to verification
before normal use.
not an OEF session is active. When
it contains 'TRUE', neither another
OEF session nor a MLU session can be
started.

SW
replacement
sequence.
A
the manager.
This attribute defines the period on

which the Threshold of processor
restarts
(i.e.
restartThreshold
attribute) is applied.
This attribute defines the threshold
of processor restarts due to a new
software version activation. If this
threshold is reached by the BSC
during the Restart period an autoreject due to excessive rate of
processor restarts is executed by
the BSC.
This
attribute
identifies
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
198/197

eratingSoftwar
eUnit
12.20":runningESU
Object
tance>
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelOp
eratingSoftwar
eUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":softwarePackag
eName
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
instance
of
the
that is currently running (subject
to administrative state control and
failure conditions) on the instance
of the object that contains this
object.
Setting
this
attribute
causes the identified instance of
executableSoftwareUnit to be loaded
into
executable
memory
(if
supported) and executed (even if the
new and old values of the attribute
are
equal).
If
set
to
NULL,
execution shall be stopped.
This attribute contains the name of
the Software Package that is being
installed on the field
This attribute holds the generalized
date and time.
Go
SoftwarePa
ckageName
<GraphicString>
"SW":timeStamp
Go
TimeStamp
<GeneralizedTime>
"SW":uploadJobStatu
s
Go
UploadJobS
tatus
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
upLoading=20>
This status reflects the state of

the software uploading.
"SW":userName
Go
UserNameIn
fo
<GraphicString>
This attribute holds the user name

of the operator which has trigger
the software operation.
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"M.3100":affectedOb
jectList
Go
ObjectList
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
The Affected Object List attribute

type specifies the object instances
which can be directly affected by a
change in state or deletion of a
given managed object. The attribute
does not force internal details to
be specified, but only the necessary
level
of
detail
required
for
management.
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
199/198

areUnit
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":networkElement
Identity
Go
NetworkEle
mentIdenti
ty
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"X.721":operational
State
Go
Operationa
lState
"GSM
12.20":relatedFiles
GR
FileList
{{problem
globalValue:<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>
|
localValue:<INTEGER>,
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>} ...}
{neType
<ENUMERATED=bsc=0 bts=1
tc=2
bss=5>,
neNumber
<INTEGER>}
enabled=1>
{{fileName
xnumber:<INTEGER>
|
xstring:<GraphicString>,
typeOfFile
{fileType
<INTENUM=general=0

a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
The Current Problem List attribute
type identifies the current existing
problems, with severity, associated
with the managed object.
This attribute holds the unit type

(BSC/BTS) and the unit number of the
managedElement known on the field.
This attribute identifies files that

may be related to an instance of
this object for the purposes of
download
and/or
local
file
identification. When this attribute

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
200/199

callRecords=1 software=2
database=3
observedIMEITicket=4
securityRecords=5
testResults=6
measurements=7
configurationFile=8
traceRecords=9
eirManagementFile=10
objectManagementRecords=
11 stateChangeRecords=12
alarmRecords=13>,
[fileSubType
<INTEGER>]},
[fileSize
<INTEGER>]} ...}
{{dbApplicationFile
<GraphicString>,
relatedAlcatelRSU
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>} ...}
<GraphicString>
is set, either explicitly or at

create time, the files are processed
as required by the agent system.
This attribute holds the size of the

replaceable software unit file and
all related files.
This attribute holds the generalized
date and time.
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":relatedRSUList
Go
RelatedRSU
List
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"SW":alcatelRe
placeableSoftw
areUnit
"EML":alcatel2
"SW":replaceableSof
twareUnitName
Go
"SW":replaceableSof
twareUnitSize
Go
Replaceabl
eSoftwareU
nitName
RSUSize
<INTEGER>
"SW":timeStamp
Go
TimeStamp
<GeneralizedTime>
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"M.3100":vendorName
GR
VendorName
<GraphicString>
"M.3100":version
GR
Version
<GraphicString>
"CMB":aCmbMultiplex
GR
ACmbMultip
<ENUMERATED=muxScheme4-

attribute
which
associates
each
occurence of application database
file
to
a
alcatelReplaceableSoftwareUnit
representing a SW masterfile.
This attribute represents a master
file name.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
The
Vendor
Name
attribute
type
identifies
the
vendor
of
the
The
Version
attribute
type
identifies
the
version
of
the
This
attribute
defines
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
201/200

MbTTP
ingScheme
lexingSche
me
Administra
tiveState
1=2 unknown=255>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
GR
PointerOrN
ull
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
multiplexing
interface.
scheme
on
AterMux

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
202/201

"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
|
{integer:<INTEGER>
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},

progress
failed.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
203/202

"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"E6ML":aterMuxGprsU
sage
GR
AterMuxGpr
sUsage
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":cic-Atrk-Ch0
GR
Cic
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"M.3100":crossConne
ctionObjectPointer
Go
CrossConne
ctionObjec
tPointer
"EML":alcatel2
"M.3100":currentPro
Go
CurrentPro
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<ENUMERATED=dedicatedGpr
s=0 mixedCsGprs=1>
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<INTEGER>
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
notConnected:<ObjectInst
ance>
|
connected:<ObjectInstanc
e>
|
multipleConnections:{dow
nstreamNotConnected:<Obj
ectInstance>
|
downstreamConnected:<Obj
ectInstance>
|
upstreamNotConnected:<Ob
jectInstance>
|
upstreamConnected:<Objec
tInstance> ...}
{{problem
This attribute indicates if the Ater

mux is dedicated to GPRS or not
(i.e. full GPRS or mixed CS-GPRS).
The value full GPRS implies that the
TC Side is unequipped.
The circuit identity code identifies

the value of the pcm timeslot 0 used
for traffic of an A trunk. All
traffic channel of the given trunk
are deduced with the following rule
: If pcmtimeslot i has cic value = V
then pcmtimeslot i+1 has cic value =
V + 1.
This attribute points to a managed

object such as a Cross-connection, a
GTP or a Fabric. When a termination
point
is
neither
connected
nor
reserved
for
connection,
its
crossConnectionObjectPointer points
to the Fabric object responsible for
its connection.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
204/204

MbTTP
blemList
blemList
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
none:<NULL>
|
single:<ObjectInstance>
|
concatenated:{<ObjectIns
tance>
...}
|
broadcast:{<ObjectInstan
ce>
...}
|
broadcastConcatenated:{{
<ObjectInstance>
...}
...}
{{gic
<INTEGER>,
timeslot
<INTEGER>,
nibble <INTEGER>} ...}
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"M.3100":downstream
ConnectivityPointer
Go
Downstream
Connectivi
tyPointer
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"E6ML":gprsTrafficC
onfig
GR
GprsTraffi
cConfig
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"E6ML":gslUsage
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":listOfAChanne
ls
Go
ListOfACha
nnels
{alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>,
aChannelInfoList
{{tsNumber
<INTEGER>,
aChannelType
<ENUMERATED=trafficCircu
it=1
trafficPacket=2
gsl=3 n7=4 x25=5 qmux=6

The
matching
for
equality
is
applicable for all choices of the
syntax.
The
set
operations
are
permitted only when the choice of
the syntax correspond to either
broadcast or concatenated broadcast.
This
attribute
represents
the
configuration of the PCM timeslots
of the AterMux associated to GPRS
traffic.
This attribute is a flag to indicate
whether or not a GSL is configured
on
the
Ater
connection.
This
attribute
is
changeable
by
the
reserveForGprs action.
This attribute is used to give the
state and the alarmStatus of all the
traffic channels managed by the
alcate2MbTTP (ater).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
205/204

"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":listOfTsNotUs
edForTraffic
Go
ListOfTsNo
tUsedForTr
affic
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"E6ML":mfs2MbTTP
GR
Mfs2MbTTP
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EBML":mscNumber
Go
Number
semi-permanent=7 framesynchro=8 unknown=255>,

administrativeState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>,
operationalState
enabled=1>,
availabilityStatus
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
powerOff=2
failed=1
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8>
...},
controlStatus
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3>
...},
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>,
mPMAChannelID <INTEGER>}
...}}
{<INTEGER> ...}
unknown:<NULL>
|
mfsTTP:{mfs-number
<INTEGER>,
ttp-number
<INTEGER>}
<INTEGER>
This attribute contains a list of

number of time slots not used for
traffic. These time slot shall carry
N7, X25 etc... links.
This
attribute
indicates
a
corresponding 2Mb termination point
of an MFS NE.
This attribute is either the MSC SBL
number reported by BSC to OMC when
adding an MSC, associated to the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
206/206

"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":nbOfTsUsedFor
Traffic
Go
NbOfTsUsed
ForTraffic
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"X.721":operational
State
"E6ML":pcmTimeslots
GprsCs
Go
Operationa
lState
PcmTimeslo
tsGprsCs
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":relatedAbisCh
ainRing
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
enabled=1>
{<ENUMERATED=cstraffic=0
gprstraffic=1> ...}
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"E8ML":relatedE1Por
tNumber
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EAML":relatedSdhTr
ibutary
Go
SdhTributa
ry
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"CEML":relatedSigna
llingList
Go
AR
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
{linkNumber
<INTEGER>,
vc12 {i <INTEGER>, k
<INTEGER>, l <INTEGER>,
m <INTEGER>}}
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"M.3100":supportedB
yObjectList
Go
ObjectList
Go
corresponding A-Trunk, or a default

value when the A-trunk is not
assigned to any MSC.
of Time Slots that are available for
the traffic.
This attribute indicates for each
channel of an Ater-trunk whether it
carries GPRS or circuit switched.
attribute
from
an
alcatelManagedElement
and
alcatel2MbTTPinstance
to
an
alcatelAbisChainRing instance.
of the E1 port related to the
containing object which could be
alcatel2MbTTP
(Abis/AterMux)
and
alcatelAbisChainRing of a Mx BSC
This
attribute
indicates
the
tributary mapping of the element.
At the A interface, this attribute
points
onto
the
list
of
alcatelSignLinkN7 instances. At the
Abis
Interface,
this
attribute
points
onto
the
list
of
alcatelLapdLink
instances
representing OML and RSL instances.
On the sector, this attribute points
onto the list of alcatelLapdLink
instances representing RSL instances
The Supported By Object List is an
attribute
type
whose
value
identifies a set of object instances
which
are
capable
of
directly
affecting a given managed object.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
207/206

"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":tTPposition
Go
TtpPositio
n
<ENUMERATED=up=1 down=2>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":tTPtype
Go
TtpType
<ENUMERATED=abis=0
atermux=1
a=2
ater=3
atermuxTrans=4>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"E6ML":tcTransparen
cy
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"EAML":ttpConnectio
nType
"CEML":ttpNumber
Go
TtpConnect
ionType
Number
<ENUMERATED=unmapped=0
e1=1 sdh=2>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatel2
MbTTP
"M.3100":upstreamCo
nnectivityPointer
Go
Connectivi
tyPointer
"EML":alcatel2
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
none:<NULL>
|
|
tance> ...}
<GraphicString>
Go
The object instances include both

physical and logical objects. This
attribute does not force internal
details to be specified, but only
the
necessary
level
of
detail
required for management. If the
object
instances
supporting
the
managed object are unknown to that
object, then this attribute is an
empty set.
This
attribute
represents
the
position
up
or
down
of
the
termination
point
on
the
circuitpack. It is used to represent
the topology of an Abis multidrop.
This attribute indicates if the 2M
bit termination point is relevant to
the A interface, the Ater Interface
or the Abis interface.
This attribute defines the ability
of the transcoder (TC G2) to support
in transparence the Gb interface.
The value TRUE indicates that the TC
has
been
configured
with
transparency mode.
the connection.
of the TTP as seen by the user (it
is directly mapped from the SBL
number). This attribute is different
from the tTPId that corresponds to
the
internal
identifier
of
the
object
The
matching
for
equality
is
applicable for all the choices of
the syntax.
The
User
Label
attribute
type

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
208/207

MbTTP
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"CAML":abisBandwidt
h
"COML":abisTopology
Go
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E6ML":abisTtpNumbe
rForARing
GR
NumberOrUn
known
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E6ML":bTS-BIUACrossConnectTable
GR
TSCrossCon
nectTable
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":btsList
Go
BtsList
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E6ML":enableAutoAl
locationAbisTS
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E8ML":firstAbisHwa
yTpNumber
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":framingMode
Go
"EAML":ipgchDelayHi
ghThresDL
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
Number
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":ipgchDelayHi
ghThresUL
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
NumberOrUn
known
AbisTopolo
gy
number:<INTEGER>
|
unknown:<NULL>
<ENUMERATED=chain=0
ring=1
ip-chain=2
group=3>
number:<INTEGER>
|
unknown:<NULL>
tsCrossConnectTable:{{bs
ctsnum
<INTEGER>,
btstsnum <INTEGER>} ...}
| unknown:<NULL>
{notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance> ...}

associated object.
Abis bandwidth.
This
attribute
indicates
the
group or IP chain.
This
attribute
represents
the
secondary BIU logical port number of
a ring. the first BIU port is
carried by the ttpNumber attribute.
This attribute gives the mapping
between TS number on BSC side and TS
number on BTS side.
This attribute contains a sorted
list of BTS identifiers. The list
may be empty if no BTS is connected
to the Abis chain/ring.
This attribute is a flag which
indicates if the automatic Abis
Timeslot allocation is configured.
This attribute indicates the first
Abis-Hway-TP-Number on which an Abis
chain/ring is connected to the BSC.
This attribute describes whether the
IP transmission is framed.
For IPGCHU, threshold on measured
differential delay in downlink for a
given Abis group (second congestion
threshold).
When
the
measured
differential
delay
exceeds
this
threshold, a very pessimistic BE
shaping is applied in downlink (cf.
the
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL
parameter).
differential delay in uplink for a
given Abis group (second congestion
threshold).
When
the
measured

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
209/208

"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":ipgchDelayLo
wThresDL
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":ipgchDelayLo
wThresUL
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":ipgchPacketS
ize
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":preparedMode
Go
PreparedMo
de
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"CAML":psGuaranteed
Bandwidth
Go
NumberOrUn
known
unknown:<NULL>
|
transportAndFramingMode:
{transportMode
<ENUMERATED=tdm=0 ip=1>,
[framingMode <BOOLEAN>]}
number:<INTEGER>
|
unknown:<NULL>
differential
delay
exceeds
this
threshold, a very pessimistic BE
shaping is applied in uplink on the
concerned
TRE(s)
(cf.
the
IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL parameter.
differential delay in downlink for a
given Abis group (first congestion
threshold). Below this threshold,
the system is in nominal mode
without
any
regulation
(no
BE
shaping in downlink).
differential delay in uplink for a
given Abis group (first congestion
threshold). Below this threshold,
the system is in nominal mode
without
any
regulation
(no
BE
shaping in uplink on the concerned
TRE(s)).
Maximum IPGCH packet size (including
TCP/UDP/IP headers) used by IPGCHC
and IPGCHU.
This
attribute
describes
the
prepared transport mode.
Percentage
of
'reserved
PS
bandwidth' (Abis bandwidth) which is
not considered as usable for GBR PS
traffic by the MFS. This parameter
enables to guarantee, in each Abis
BTS group supported by the BSC:
- a minimum bandwidth for Best
Effort PS traffic,
- the necessary bandwidth for PS
related control traffic (PMU-PTU and
IPGCH control traffic),
- the necessary bandwidth for the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
210/209

"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EBML":relatedAlcat
elFunction
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":relatedBscTp
Go
"E8ML":relatedE1Por
tNumber
Go
RelatedBsc
Tp
Number
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":relatedSdhTr
ibutary
Go
SdhTributa
ry
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EBML":relatedSecon
dSdhTributary
Go
SdhTributa
ry
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E8ML":relatedSecon
dE1PortNumber
Go
Number
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E6ML":reservedTSs
GR
ReservedTS
s
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E6ML":ringControlR
-TSInfo
GR
RingContro
lTSInfo
reservedTS:{firstusablet
s
<INTEGER>,
lastusablets <INTEGER>}
| unknown:<NULL>
timeslotNumber:<INTEGER>
| unknown:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E6ML":ringControlS
-TSInfo
GR
RingContro
lTSInfo
timeslotNumber:<INTEGER>
| unknown:<NULL>
<INTEGER>
{linkNumber
<INTEGER>,
m <INTEGER>}}
{linkNumber
<INTEGER>,
m <INTEGER>}}
<INTEGER>
transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH

headers (for Best Effort + GBR PS
traffic), provided the reserved PS
bandwidth is not null (or very low)
for the Abis BTS group.
This attribute is a pointer to an
instance of alcatelFunction.
This attribute points to one or 2
BSC Abis TP.
alcatel2MbTTP
(Abis/AterMux)
and
alcatelAbisChainRing of a Mx BSC
This
attribute
indicates
the
This attribute indicates the second
alcatelAbisChainRing (Ring) of a Mx
BSC
This
attribute
defines
the
continuous timeslot numbers reserved
on the Abis including Qmux and ring
control timeslots.
This attribute defines the timeslot
number of the Qmux on the Abis. Subtimeslots are customer-dependent and
are configured via a configuration
file.
This attribute defines the timeslot
number of the Qmux on the Abis. Subtimeslots are customer-dependent and

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
211/210

"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"COML":satelliteOrT
errestrialConnectio
nType
Go
AConnectio
nType
<ENUMERATED=terrestrial=
1 satellite=2>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"E8ML":secondAbisHw
ayTpNumber
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"CAML":signalingBan
dwidth
Go
NumberOrUn
known
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"CAML":tchActivityF
actor
"CAML":tchBandwidth
Go
"E6ML":ts0Usage
GR
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
ts0Usage:<BOOLEAN>
unknown:<NULL>
Go
NumberOrUn
known
NumberOrUn
known
Ts0Usage
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"EAML":ttpConnectio
nType
"EBML":secondTtpCon
nectionType
"CEML":ttpNumber
Go
GR
TtpConnect
ionType
TtpConnect
ionType
Number
e1=1 sdh=2>
e1=1 sdh=2>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
bisChainRing
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelA
djacentCellHan
dover
"EML":alcatelA
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"C9ML":csVgcsChar
GR
CsVgcsType
<ENUMERATED=cs=0
Go
|
|
vgcs=1
are configured via a configuration

file.
This
attribute
indicates
the
physical connection type per Abis or
for all Ater : terrestrial or
satellite.
In case of ring this attribute
indicates the second Abis-Hway-TPNumber
on
which
this
ring
is
connected to the BSC.
This
attribute
describes
the
link.
This
attribute
describes
the
not timeslot 0 is used to carry the
Ring Control bits (R-bits) and the
Loop Synchronisation Control bits
(S-bits) on Abis.
the connection.
the connection. ASN1 Definitions
of the TTP as seen by the user (it
is directly mapped from the SBL
number). This attribute is different
from the tTPId that corresponds to
the
internal
identifier
of
the
object
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
indicates
the
permanet
offset
to
the
C2
This
attribute
indicates
if
a

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
212/211

djacentCellHan
dover
csAndVgcs=2>
"EML":alcatelA
djacentCellHan
dover
"GSM
12.20":cellReselect
Hysteresis
GR
CellResele
ctHysteres
is
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
djacentCellHan
dover
"GSM
12.20":mSTxPwrMaxCC
H
GR
TxPower
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
djacentCellHan
dover
"CMB":pENALTY-TIME
GR
PenaltyTim
e
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
djacentCellHan
dover
"GSM
12.20":rxLevAccessM
in
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelA
djacentCellHan
dover
GR
TemporaryO
ffset
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
handover adjacency is to be used as

a normal Circuit Switched tansaction
only, or for VGCS call only, or for
both.
for
cell
reselection.
Refer
to
05.08
(MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH).
This
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
to
the
C2
criterion.
05.08
(RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN).
This
05.08).
defined
by
the
PENALTY_TIME
atribute.
Remark:
present
if

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
213/212

"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"C6ML":channelSelec
tionPreferenceMark
GR
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ChannelSel
ectionPref
erenceMark
ControlSta
tus
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
This
attribute
indicates
a
preference mark assigned to a given
TRX.


ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
214/214

warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
{{channelCombination
<ENUMERATED=sDCCH=3
mainBCCH=4
bCCHCombined=5
cCH=6
bCCHwithCBCH=7
sDCCHwithCBCH=8
dynSDCCH=9
tCH=20
idle=255>,
frequencyUsage
noUse:<NULL>
|
|
hoppingGroup <INTEGER>}}
...}
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"COML":listOfRadioC
hannels
GR
ListOfRadi
oChannels
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
"C8ML":nbrDynSDCCH
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"C8ML":nbrStaticSDC
CH
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"X.721":operational
State
Go
Operationa
lState
enabled=1>
"C6ML":preserveCall
s
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
This attribute indicates the radio

configuration of the 8 physical
channels (time slots) corresponding
to a Baseband Transceiver. More
precisely,
for
each
physical
channel, it is indicated:
- the logical channel combination
mapped onto it
- whether or not frequency hopping
is
used
and
associated
frequency(ies).

identifies
a
location
where
an
of dynamic SDCCH sub-channels.
of static SDCCH sub-channels.
This attribute is used as follows:

attribute contains 'FALSE' and when
any TRX definition in the cell has
been changed, this attribute is set
to: . 'FALSE' for the TRXs for which
the radio channel configuration is
changed . 'TRUE' for the other TRXs.
For these TRXs, no calls are lost.
attribute
contains
'TRUE',
this

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
215/215

attribute is set to 'FALSE' for all

TRXs of the cell, whether a TRX
modification has been done or not.
This attribute is a pointer to
instances of alcatelFunction.
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":relatedFuncti
onList
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"GSM
12.20":relatedGSMEq
uipment
GR
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"GSM
12.20":relatedOAMLa
pdLink
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"GSM
12.20":relatedRadio
Carrier
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
"GSM
GR
RelatedGSM
notAvailable:<NULL>
This
attribute
represents
the
relationship
between
the
GSM
functionality
and
the
required
equipment
which
supports
that
functionality.
This
attribute
identifies
the
instance of a lapdLink object which
represents the logical connectivity
between the manager functionality
(BSC) and an agent (BTS, TRX, ...)
functionality for the purposes of
sending
management
messages
and
receiving management information and
responses. The lapdLink object maps
the logical connectivity on to some
physical
connection.
Different
instances
of
this
attribute
in
various objects may all point to the
same
or
separate
physical
connections.
This
attribute
identifies
the
instance of a radioCarrier object
which represents the RF aspects
related to a basebandTransceiver, if
any. This attribute will take the
value
'NULL'
when
the
basebandTransceiver object instance
has no direct relationship with any
one radioCarrier object instance
(i.e. the timeslots handled by a
basebandTransceiver
are
possibly
spread over several radioCarrier
object instances).
This
attribute
identifies
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
216/215

asebandTransce
iver
12.20":relatedTelec
omLapdLink
Object
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"C7ML":sharedSector
Type
GR
SharedSect
orType
<ENUMERATED=main=0
secondary=1>
"COML":tRX
GR
TRX
trx:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"GSM 12.20":tei
Go
TEI
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"EML":alcatelB
asebandTransce
iver
"X.721":unknownStat
us
Go
UnknownSta
tus
<BOOLEAN>
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"COML":zONE-TYPE
GR
ZoneType
<ENUMERATED=inner=0
outer=1 none=2>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":aC-PRIORITYLIST
GR
AcPriority
List
{priority1
priority2
priority3
priority4
priority5
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,

for telecom signaling.
This attribute indicates if the TRX
is associated with a primary sector
(main) or with a secondary one.
This attribute contains the TRX
number used at the A1353 RA/BSC
interface to address the logical
configuration of 8 timeslots.
The
tei
attribute
contains
the
Terminal
Endpoint
Identifier
corresponding
to
the
lapdLink
and CCITT Q.921.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
TRX of the BTS, whether it is
allocated to the inner or the outer
zone of the cell. If this attribute
is used in the context of concentric
cell where the basebandTransceiver
is linked to a specific zone, it
will take the value 'inner' or
'outer', else the value is not
significant. Any frequency used in a
cell is used by TRXs of one zone
only. Remark: the zoneType of the
baseBandTransceiver supporting the
BCCH must always be 'outer'.
access classes 11 .. 15 and EC (=0)
in their priority order, priority1
being
the
highest
priority
and
priority6 the lowest one.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
217/216

priority6 <INTEGER>}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":aCmbDrxTimerM
ax
GR
IntegerVal
ue
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":aCmbEnLcs
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":aCmbPlmnFrequ
encyBands
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":aUT-BAR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>

non-DRX mode period allowed for the
MS after packet transfer mode.
Location Services (LCS) are enabled
or disabled in the corresponding
BSC-NE or MFS-NE.
This
attribute
indicates
the
PLMN.
This attribute controls if the cell
will be barred after the last MS
access class has been barred in
overload situation. When the cell is
barred,
it
allows
the
cell
reselection procedure to be started.
Therefore, barring a cell will force
the MS to camp on an other cell.
Rules: The TRUE value enables the
automatic barring. Remark: It is
used for the global reset procedure.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
218/218

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":alarmsAcknowl
edgementStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
{{errorOriginator
<ENUMERATED=bsc=1
omc=2
perceivedSeverity
value
of
the
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
219/218
"EML":atrkSign-Nbr
Go
Atrksign
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":atrkTraf-Nbr
Go
Atrktraf
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4

"EML":alcatelB
sc
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<INTEGER>


of A 2Mbit trunks carrying N7
signalling.
of
equipped
A-trunks
traffic
connecting
BSC
and
NSS,
and
connecting BSC and MFS.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
220/219

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":bSCGeneration
Go
BscGenerat
ion
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":bSC-HWConfig
Go
NumberOfHa
lfRack
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":bandAllocati
onRange
GR
BandAlloca
tionRange
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT1
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT10
Go
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT13
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT17
GR
TimerData
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<ENUMERATED=g2=2
evolution=3
bscGenerationSpare4=7>
<ENUMERATED=non-stdconfig=0
config1=1
config2=2
config3=3
config4=4
config5=5
config6=6
config7=7
config8=8 unknown=255>
{{rangeLower <INTEGER>,
rangeHigher
<INTEGER>}
...}
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
This
attribute
indicates
generation of the BSC.
the
This attribute contains the variant

of the HW configuration of the BSC
defined as the number of Half racks
This attribute contributes to reduce

the cell selection time in the MS.
To do this, the network sends the BA
Range IE in the CHANNEL RELEASE
message. Every range_i is defined by
alower and a higher value.
to receipt of BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE
(GSM 08.08).
time
to
return
of
ASSIGNMENT
COMPLETE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE from
MS (GSM 08.08).
reset guard period at the BSS (GSM
08.08).
08.08).
with
(GSM

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
221/221

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT18
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<OCTET-STRING>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT19
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT20
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT4
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT7
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":bssMapT8
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":cBCCallUserDataSel
GR
OctetStrin
g
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":cBC-OPERATOR
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"COML":cBC-PASSWORD
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"COML":cBC-WINDOW
GR
Number
<INTEGER>

08.08).
with
(GSM

time to receipt of RESET CIRCUIT
ACKNOWLEDGE (GSM 08.08).
time to receipt of CIRCUIT GROUP
BLOCKING ACKNOWLEDGE (GSM 08.08).
to return of RESET ACKNOWLEDGE at
the BSS (GSM 08.08).
The bssMapT7 is
handover required
08.08).
associated
periodicity
with
(GSM

to receipt of successful handover
information (GSM 08.08).
This attribute defines the higher
protocol
selector
for
outgoing
connection.
operator name.
operator password.
number of outstanding requests sent
by the CBC.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
222/222

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":cGI-REQD
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":cgi3gReqd
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CAML":dlDtxAmrWbGm
sk
Go
BooleanTyp
e
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":dtxDownlinkA
MR-FR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":dtxDownlinkA
MR-HR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":dtxDownlinkH
R
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CBML":e1Mtu
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":eC-BAR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
This
attribute
defines
if
Cell
Identifier List uses CGI encoding
rules. Rules: FALSE = not used, TRUE
= used.
This
attribute
indicates
the
controls
format
of
3G
cell
identifications sent to the MSC.


use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK
speech calls.
use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR
use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR
use of downlink DTX for HR speech
MTU used in DL by the TP board of
the BSC and in UL by the BTS (SUM)
for IPoverE1 link.
calls. Rules: The TRUE value enables

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
223/223

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":eN-BSS-OVRLCLASS-BAR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":eN-CIRCUITGROUP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":eNINTERBAND-NEIGH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":eN-LOADOUTER
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":eN-SENDCHAN-MODE
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":eN-SEND-CM3
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":eN-SENDSPEECH-VERSION
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
calls. Remark: It is used for the

access
class
barring
global
procedure due to the BTS or BSC
overload is authorised. Rules: The
TRUE value enables the access class
barring.
not
sending
CIRCUIT
GROUP
BLOCK/UNBLOCK Messages at the A
interface is allowed.
This attribute allows/inhibits the
multiband information to be carried
on Air in Sysinfo 2Ter and 5Ter,
which
drive
the
MS
to
send
measurement
results
upon
cells
belonging to different bands. If the
value is TRUE, the MS will provide
information on the number of cells
defined by the multibandReporting
attribute . Note : The modification
of the attribute value will generate
an accessDenied error If the licence
is not commited.
load computation shall be performed
on
the
outer
zone
of
a
concentric/multiband
cell
(value
'TRUE') or on the whole cell (value
'FALSE').
not the current channel IE shall be
not the MS Classmark 3 IE shall be
included in a CM UPDATE message.
not the Speech Version IE shall be

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
224/223

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CBML":enAFlex
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CBML":enASignaling
OverIp
"C6ML":edrAssignmen
tFailureAfterHoReq
Go
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":edrAssignmen
tFailureCause
GR
EdrAssignm
entFailure
Cause
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":edrKeepAssig
nmentReqInQueue
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":edrSendAssig
nmentFailure
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":egsmRrAllocS
trategy
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
GR
<BOOLEAN>

support of the Aflex feature (for
signaling
traffic).
The
Aflex
feature allows a BSS to be connected
to more than one MSC.
support of <A signalling over IP>.
not
not
the
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE
message shall be sent after the
HANDOVER REQUIRED message on the A
interface
in
case
of
External
significant if the enableEdr and
contains 'TRUE'.
This attribute indicates the cause
indication that should be filled in
an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message in
case of External Directed Retry. Its
value is only significant if the
enableEdr
and
the
contain 'TRUE'.
not the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
shall be kept in the queue after
External Directed Retry initiation
(HANDOVER REQUIRED message sent).
enableEdr attribute contains 'TRUE'.
not an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message
shall be sent in case of External
significant
if
the
enableEdr
This attribute indicates if the G1
non-capable MS is supported or not
in the network.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
225/225

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EAML":enHsl
Go
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"C9ML":enInbandNoti
f
GR
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":enInbandPagi
ng
"CBML":eNIpCongesti
on1stLevel
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":enUplinkRepl
y
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":enableEdr
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":enableHoReqR
eject
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":enableImmedi
ateAssignmentReject
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
GR
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
This attribute enables SS7 HSL (High

speed Signalling Link).
in-band
notification
is
enabled/disabled.
in-band paging is enabled/disabled.
defence mechanism related to CS IP
congestion situation on the Abis
interface. When a CS IP congestion
is detected by a given BTS, then no
new call can be established on any
TRX linked to that BTS as long as
IP_CONGESTION_TIMER is running (the
on
going
CS
calls
are
kept
established). This first level of
detection, also called preventive
congestion detection, is based on
the UL and DL transmission delays
measured to transfer IP packets
between the BTS and the TC. It aims
at avoiding that the congestion
situation gets worse.
uplink
reply
procedure
is
enabled/disabled.
not outgoing External Directed Retry
(EDR) is allowed.
This attribute represents a flag
indicating
whether
the
Handover
Required Reject Indication is to be
sent by the MSC in case the external
handover is rejected.
Immediate Assignment Reject feature
has been selected by the operator or
not. TRUE means that the Immediate
assignment Reject message is sent on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
226/226

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CMB":fDD-ARFCNList
GR
FDDARFCNLi
st
{fDD1
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":fORBID-AMRNS
"C7ML":forbiddtxDownlink-NHBCCH-F
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":forceAssignm
entReqQueuing
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":gSM-PHASE
GR
GSMphase
<ENUMERATED=phase1=0
phase2=1>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"A12.20":handoverRe
qParam
GR
NoOfPrefCe
lls
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelB
"COML":m1
GR
M1
<INTEGER>
GR
<BOOLEAN>
fDD2
fDD3
the Air interface according to the

wait Indication values defined by
the
waiIndicationForEmergencyCall,
waitIndicationForCallReestablishment
,
waitIndicationForOrigniatingCall
and waitIndicationForOtherProcedures
attributes.
This attribute defines a list of 3
integer
values.
Each
of
these
values:
- either corresponds to a FDD UTRAN
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number (FDD UTRAN ARFCN)
- or is equal to '-1' to indicate
that no FDD UTRAN ARFCN is provided.
Flag to forbid / allow AMR-NB or
AMR-WB noise suppressor in the MS.
not the use of downlink DTX on nonhopping TCH of the BCCH TRX is
forbidden.
not an ASSIGNMENT REQUEST shall be
queued
even
if
this
is
not
authorized by the MSC.
This attribute indicates the GSM
Phase used by the BSC to format
messages towards the MSC.
The
handoverReqParam
attribute
defines the parameter 'n' used in
generating the Handover Required
message to the MSC.This parameter
specifies the number of preferred
target cells 'n' that are to be
transferred in the handover required
message.
identifies
a
location
where
an

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
227/226

sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":m2
GR
M2
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":mTP3-WBINTERWORKING
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":maxLapdm
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CBML":muxTraupSize
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":n1
GR
N1
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":n2
GR
N2
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":nCI
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>

in one step. Rules: If set to 0, no
access class (11-15) is barred.
of access classes 11-15 to be
debarred in one step. Remark: 0 is
not used as it could cause permanent
barring after reset.
not the BSC shall send a Q.704 TRA
message upon first reception of SLTA
from the MSC.
number of LAPDm frames on which a
layer 3 can be segmented into and be
sent on the main DCCH.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
used
to
trigger
the
sending of a MUXTRAUP packet. It is
the minimum size above which a
MUXTRAUP packet is sent. The size
includes IP header, UDP header, COMH field and payload. A MUXTRAUP
packet may be sent either its size
is above the size threshold or the
timer
T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP
has
expired.
in one step.
of access classes 0-9 to be debarred
in one step.
not an out of range timing advance
should trigger a handover failure
procedure. Rules: The TRUE value
triggers
a
handover
failure
procedure. The FALSE value indicates
that the out of range timing advance

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
228/227

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":nbr-BlkUnblk
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":nbr-CLR-REQ
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":nbr-RESETCIC-REP
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EBML":nbReducedAcc
Period
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EBML":nriLength
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EBML":nullNri
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
is ignored.
of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in
one burst.
number of CLEAR REQUEST message
transmission.
number of RESET CIRCUIT message
repetitions when not acknowledged by
the MSC.
of reduced accumulation period that
is requested by the operator for the
type 110 of one BSC
Models.
This
attribute
indicates
the
configurable
length
of
a
NRI
(Network Resource Identification),
expressed as a number of bits It is
used by the BSC to derive the NRI
value from the received temporary
identity TMSI, and to identify the
serving MSC, connected to the BSC
(Aflex feature). The NRI is coded
starting from the bit 23 (the most
significant bit of the NRI) of the
TMSI, regardless of the NRI length.
This attribute indicates that upon
reception of a message with that
dummy/reserved NRI included, the BSC
uses the load balancing algorithm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
229/228

for selecting one MSC, among the on

loaded MSC connected to the BSC
(Aflex feature), and for re-routing
the received message to that MSC.
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"X.721":operational
State
"COML":pREFERREDBAND
Go
"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
GR
Operationa
lState
PreferredB
and
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=none=0
gsm900=1 dcs1800=2>
RMSTemplat
e
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
This
attribute
indicates
the
frequency band where the multiband
mobile will be preferably directed
to
(used
with
the
relationship
enablePreferredBandHo attribute).
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
230/229

<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
231/230

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
232/230

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
233/232

<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2

measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
234/233

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1

or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
235/233

<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
236/235

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
237/235

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
attribute indicates a set of
16)
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
238/237

<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,

rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
239/238

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
240/238

measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
241/240

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
242/240

<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
243/242

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
244/242

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
245/244

<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
on
measstatbfi:
Threshold
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
246/245

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
247/245

measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
248/247

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
249/247

<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
250/249

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
251/249

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7

vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
252/251

<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on
Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
253/252

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,

statistics
or disabled.
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
254/252

measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
255/254

"EML":alcatelB
sc
GR
RMSTemplat
e
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}
measstatlev
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatci
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatbfi
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstats
A
rMS-TEMPLATE-x
(x=1
to
16)
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value
rmstemplate:
contains
the
associated
rMS-TEMPLATE
attribute
value, i.e. 'x'
measstatbfi:
Threshold
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
256/254

{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
measstatpathbal
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>},
[measstatta
{measstat1
<INTEGER>,
measstat2
<INTEGER>,
measstat3
<INTEGER>,
measstat4
<INTEGER>,
measstat5
<INTEGER>,
measstat6
<INTEGER>,
measstat7
<INTEGER>,
measstat8
<INTEGER>,
measstat9
<INTEGER>}],
vqaverage
<INTEGER>,
vqrxlev
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqual
<INTEGER>,
vqrxqualvsrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqgoodrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqbadrxfer
<INTEGER>,
vqintfthreshold
<INTEGER>,
vqferthreshold
<BOOLEAN>}

Quality statistics
vqgoodrxfer:
Radio
good
FER
vqbadrxfer:
Radio
bad
FER
vqintfthreshold:
Radio
noisy
calls
for
Voice
Quality
statistics
vqferthreshold:
Radio
FER
statistics
or disabled.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
257/256

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":rOT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"GSM
12.20":relatedGSMEq
uipment
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EAML":sdhCapabilit
y
"EAML":sdhLink
Go
<BOOLEAN>
Go
BooleanTyp
e
SdhLinkSta
tusList
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":sMSCB-MODE
Go
SMSCBMode
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":sMSCB-Phase
GR
Phase
"C6ML":sMSCBRecovery
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":sMSCB-STATE
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":sMSCBfeatureSet
GR
SMSCBFeatu
reSet
<ENUMERATED=feat-set-1=1
feat-set-2=2>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":t-BIND-CNF
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{{linkNumber <INTEGER>,
declared <BOOLEAN>, used
<BOOLEAN>} ...}
<ENUMERATED=noCBC=0
cBC=1>
<ENUMERATED=phase-2=0
phase-2pl=1>
<BOOLEAN>

not the time difference IE shall be
included in the HANDOVER COMPLETE
message.
Rules:
FALSE
=
Time
Difference IE not included by MS in
the HANDOVER COMPLETE message TRUE =
Time Difference IE included by MS in
the HANDOVER COMPLETE message.
This
attribute
represents
the
relationship
between
the
GSM
functionality
and
the
required
equipment
which
supports
that
functionality.
NE is able to support SDH links.
This attribute indicates the status
of each SDH link, if sdhCapability
is set on TRUE.
This attribute defines if the SMS-CB
is offered by the SMS-CB center.
Remark: The A1353 RA does not offer
the management of the simplified
SMS-CB.
This attribute defines the GSM Phase
2 or 2+ of the SMS-CB.
This flag indicates whether the CBC
accepts
or
not
the
recovery
indication in the Restart-Indication
message.
SMSCB
feature
is
active
(value
'FALSE') or not (value 'TRUE').
This
attribute
defines
which
features set is usable with the
SMSCB product.
waiting time when aBind primitive is
sent to the CBC to get the answer
either BIND-CONFIRM, BIND-FAILURE or
UNBIND.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
258/258

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C8ML":t-Loc-abort
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C8ML":t-Location
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C8ML":t-LocationLonger
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":t-MS-CELLREJ
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":t14
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":t18-Overload
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":t3103
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"C9ML":t3121
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>

used to supervise the response from
the SMLC in case of Location Abort.
case of Location request, when no
MS.
case of Location request, when a
MS.
This attribute contains a guard
timer during which the cells the MS
has failed to handover to, will not
be
used
in
subsequent
handover
attempts. This timer has the same
value for all BTS related to one
BSC. They are only setable per BSC.
queuing time for the VGCS Assignment
Requests.
This attribute is the delay between
the latest MSC OVERLOAD or DTC
internal
overload
and
debarring
action.
Also
delay
between
consecutive debarring actions for
overload
procedure
and
telecom
the internal handover.
This attribute indicates a timer
which is started by sending an INTER
SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to
the MS and is normally stopped when
the MS has correctly seized the
UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
259/259

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":t9110
Go
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":t9112
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":t9113
GR
T9113
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C7ML":tCH-PREMPT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":tNotifRespon
seDelay
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EAML":tpGsmHighCap
acity
"C9ML":tWaitUplinkA
ccess
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
IntegerVal
ue
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
GR
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
keep the old channels sufficiently

long for the MS to be able to return
to the old channels, and to release
the channels if the MS is lost.
supervision of the MSC response to
HANDOVER FAILURE and ASSIGN FAILURE
messages.
supervision of the Channel Mode
Modify procedure.
Thistimer is used to supervise the
externalhandover procedure in the
target BSC.
TCH/VGCH
pre-emption
feature
is
disabled or enabled. If enabled, a
point-to-point or voice group call
with
the
pvi
(pre-emption
vulnerability indication) bit set
might be pre-empted for a point-topoint or voice group call that has
the
pci
(pre-emption
capability
indication) bit set if the concerned
cell is in congestion state.
period for the Multiple SACCH Info
Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in
order to give the MS a chance to
receive the immediately transmitted
VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH
and
SI6
messages.
TP GSM supports 1024 HDLC.
timer to wait for an Uplink Access.
If no such bursts are received at

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
260/259

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":tWaitUplinkR
equestAck
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":tchUsageInfo
Period
Go
TCHUsageIn
foPeriod
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CAML":tddArfcnList
GR
TddArfcnLi
st
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTBurst
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTConnEs
t
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":timerTHOReqd
Lost
GR
TimerTHORe
qdLost
{tdd1
<INTEGER>,
tdd2
<INTEGER>,
tdd3
<INTEGER>}
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTStatIn
fo
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTi
Go
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
this timer expiry, the BSC releases

the voice group call channel in that
cell
and
provide
notifications
containing no channel description.
timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK
or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message
from theMSC.
This
attribute
indicates
the
periodicity at which the message
'TCH Usage Information' is sent.
This message is sent for every cell
internal to the BSC and contains
information relating to the load and
traffic situation of that cell.
This attribute describes the list of
neighbour TDDUTRAN frequencies (TDSCDMA).
between consecutive bursts of BLOCK
and UNBLOCK messages.
timer waiting for CONNECTION CONFIRM
message from MSC.
This attribute defines a guard timer
for sending the HANDOVER REQUIRED
message to the MSC if the need to
perform an external handover is
detected by the BSC.
timer for repetition of Sub-system
Status Test (SST) message to the
MSC.
This attribute defines the delay to
start the reset procedure after

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
261/260

min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTiar
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTias
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C6ML":timerTrel
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"CAML":trauConnecti
onTimeout
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"X.721":usageState
Go
Go
UnknownSta
tus
UsageState
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
active=1 busy=2>
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"EML":alcatelB
sc
"COML":versionOfOMC
-BSCInterface
"C9ML":vgcsFixAmrFr
Codec
Go
MibVersion
<INTEGER>
GR
VgcsFixAmr
FrCodecTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=amrfr12200bp
s=0
amrfr10200bps=1
amrfr7950bps=2
amrfr7400bps=3
amrfr6700bps=4
amrfr5900bps=5
amrfr5150bps=6
amrfr4750bps=7>
reception of SPI/SSP from the SCCP.

timer waiting for the reception of a
message on a connection section
Inactivity in Reception.
This attribute indicates the SCCP
timer : delay to send a message on a
connection section Inactivity in
Sending.
timer: time to wait for RELEASE
COMPLETE message from MSC.
This attribute describes the waiting
time
to
detect
loss
of
synchronization between BTS and TC
in case of IP transport.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute contains the version
of the A1353 RA/BSC interface.
FR AMR codec used in the network.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
262/261

"EML":alcatelB
sc
"C9ML":vgcsFixAmrHr
Codec
GR
VgcsFixAmr
HrCodecTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=amrhr7950bps
=0
amrhr7400bps=1
amrhr6700bps=2
amrhr5900bps=3
amrhr5150bps=4
amrhr4750bps=5>
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CMB":aCmbMSCR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CMB":aCmbNetworkOp
erationMode
"C7ML":aMR-FRSUBSET
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
GR
AMRFRSubse
t
{amrfr12200bps
<BOOLEAN>}
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":aMR-HRSUBSET
GR
AMRHRSubse
t
{amrhr7950bps <BOOLEAN>,
amrhr4750bps <BOOLEAN>}

HR AMR codec used in the network.
This attribute defines the version

of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to
implement the MSC software.
This attribute defines the CS-PS
coordination for paging.
FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). More
codec
modes:
12,2
kbit/s,
10,2
6,70
kbit/s,
5,90
kbit/s,
5,15
kbit/s and 4,75 kbit/s. Mandatory
rule: In one subset, a maximum of 4
set to 'TRUE').
HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). More
codec
modes:
7,95
kbit/s,
7,40
5,15
kbit/s
and
4,75
kbit/s.
Mandatory rules:
- In one subset, a maximum of 4
set to 'TRUE').
- The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
263/263

"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":aMR-STARTMODE-FR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":aMR-STARTMODE-HR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
aligningDown=1
"EML":alcatelB
"COML":alignmentSta
Go
AlcatelErr
{{errorOriginator
supported by Alcatel BSS

- The subset shall not contain only
the 7.4 kbit/s codec mode
used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR
started by the BTS.
used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR
started by the BTS.
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
264/263
tusCause
orInfoList
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":bSS-Release
Go
BssRelease
"C6ML":bssMapTimerT
11Forced
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
"CMB":bssTransportM
Go
TransportM

ssFunction
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<ENUMERATED=b10=100
b11=110>
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,

This
attribute
indicates
the
time during which an ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message can be queued in
case queuing is forced by the BSC.
forceAssignmentReqQueuing attribute
contains 'TRUE'.
This
attribute
indicates
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
265/264

ssFunction
ode
ode
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":dWELL-TIMESTEP
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CBML":defaultPrior
ity3g
Go
Number
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CBML":defaultThres
h3g
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CBML":defaultQrxle
vmin3g
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"GSM
12.20":dtxDownlink
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":enableUnequi
ppedCircuit
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
"CMB":enBssPagingCo
Go
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
transport mode for an interface of a

BSS.
step for the allowed value ofthe
minimum report time of overlaid cell
for Handover to lower layer.
priority associated to any UARFCN
LTE-capable MS/UE.
This attribute indicates default
threshold associated to any UARFCN
LTE-capable MS/UE.
minimum received level associated to
any
UARFCN
not
explicitely
MS/UE.
implementation
option.
Its
availability
in
a
system
is
dtxDownlink
attribute
are
as
available
in
the
BTS
FALSE
=
BTS.
This attribute indicates whether to
enable or inhibit the sending of the
UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message at the
Ater interface.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
266/265

ssFunction
ordination
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CAML":enCompressed
InterRatInfo
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CBML":enMoreRmsBcc
hBsic
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":h-MIN-DWELLTIME
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CBML":hPrio
Go
Number
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":ignore2Mbit-Failure
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":iphoSupporte
d
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":l-MIN-DWELLTIME
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
"COML":mluModeStatu
Go
BooleanTyp
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<BOOLEAN>
CS paging coordination managed in

the BSS for MS in Packet Transfer
Mode.
This attribute allows sending by the
MS
of
Compressed
Inter-RAT
HO
information.
RMS
improvement
feature,
which
allows
reporting
more
than
42
neighbour frequencies per TRX in the
2G radio link measurements performed
by
the
MS.
When
enabled,
the
parameter RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB gives the
maximum
number
of
frequencies
reported by the BTS. When disabled,
that maximum is not configurable
(42, per default).
maximum value for the report time of
layer.
This
attribute
indicates
the
hysteresis used in the priority
reselection algorithm by a LTEcapable MS/UE.
not a transmission alarm triggers
the telecom defence activities (call
release, blocking messages towards
MSC).
not the Inter-Plmn HO feature is
supported by the corresponding BSC.
value
for
the
report
time
of
layer.
This attribute indicates if EML is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
267/266

ssFunction
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":nbrResetRep
GR
NbrResetRe
p
{resetIndefiniteIndicato
r
<BOOLEAN>,
nbrReset
<INTEGER>}
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":replacementJ
obStatus
Go
Replacemen
tJobStatus
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":sendClassMar
kEnquiry
GR
SendCMEnqu
iry
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
downloading=1
downloaded=2
rejecting=5
aborting=7
btsPreDownloading=8
btsPreDownloaded=9>
<ENUMERATED=never=0
always=1 if-no-a5-1=2>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":stripByte5Fr
omClassmark2
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":supportedOwn
MCC
Go
MobileCoun
tryCode
<OCTET-STRING>
in current MLU mode. This is used in

case of defense in front of a BSSIM
crash by NML to know if it has to
close an MLU session.This attribute
is set to TRUE during the openMLU
session and set to FALSE by the
closeMLUSession.
This
attribute
includes
two
parameters:
- An indicator of whether or not the
RESET
message
should
be
sent
indefinitely to the MSC. The TRUE
value means that the RESET message
is repeated indefinitely until a
RESET
or
RESET-ACK
message
is
received. The FALSE value means that
the RESET message is sent only a
maximum number of times without
reply.
- The maximum number of times the
RESET message is sent before an
alarm is sent.
SW
replacement
sequence.
A
the manager.

CLASSMARK-ENQUIRY is sent or not and
in which condition.
Classmark
information
should
be
modified before passed to the MSC.
If the boolean is TRUE, the byte 5
is stripped out from CM2 Information
Element in any message.
Country
Code
supported
by
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
268/267

"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":supportedOwn
MNC
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":swPackagePro
ductionStatus
Go
terminated=2 idle=3>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"C7ML":tAUTOCLEANING-MEASREP
"COML":t3101
Go
SWPackageP
roductionS
tatus
IntegerVal
ue
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":t3107
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"COML":t3109
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"COML":t3111
GR
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"COML":t9104
GR
T9104
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":t9105
GR
T9105
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"GSM
12.20":timeLimitCal
l
GR
QueueTimeL
imit
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"GSM
12.20":timeLimitHan
dover
GR
QueueTimeL
imit
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
<INTEGER>
corresponding BSC.
Network
Code
supported
by
the
corresponding BSC.
the SW package creation requested by
MLU.
This attribute is a guard timer for
detection
of
the
SDCCH/TCH
autocleaning procedure.
This
attribute
allows
the
supervision
of
the
immediate
assignment procedure.
the assignment procedure.
the channel.
the SCCP connection procedure.
which supervises the reception of
the CLEAR COMMAND from the MSC
following the sending of a CLEAR
REQUEST by the BSC. It should be set
in
relation
to
the
SCCP/BSSMAP
entities in the MSC.
which supervises the SCCP connection
procedure.
BTS.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
269/268

"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":transcodingC
apability
Go
Go
Transcodin
gCapabilit
y
Number
<ENUMERATED=full-rate=0
multi-rate=1
unknown=255>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"CBML":tReselection
"EML":alcatelB
ssFunction
"COML":wTC
Go
WtcType
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbBsCvMax
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbFDD-Qmin
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbFDDQoffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbLSA-ID-i
GR
LSAIDList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"CMB":aCmbNExtraAbi
sTsMain
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbNExtraAbi
sTsSecondary
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbNbTsMpdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
This attribute gives the transcoding

capability full rate or multi rate.
during which the cell reselection
criteria of the priority algorithm
must be verified to allow the cell
reselection used by a LTE-capable
MS/UE.
This attribute gives the time during
wich the cell shall wait for traffic
clear due to the lock and shutdown
of
the
cell
or
due
to
radio
modification impacting the traffic.
Number of remaining RLC data blocks
to be sent (per assigned PDCH) by
the MS, below which the Count Down
procedure is entered. One third of
the number of RLC data blocks per
assigned PDCH before the MS may
check if the resolution contention
has failed.
threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD
cell re-selection.
cell re-selection.
of radio timeslots reserved for the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
270/270

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbPanDec
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbPanInc
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbPanMax
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbPriorityA
ccessThreshold
GR
PriorityAc
cessThresh
old
<ENUMERATED=no-access=0
prio-cl-1=3
prio-cl-12=4 prio-cl-1-3=5 priocl-1-4=6>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbRaCode
GR
ACmbNumber
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
"CMB":aCmbT3168
GR
ACmbTimer1
<INTEGER>
primary and secondary master PDCHs

defined in the cell.
GSM 04.60: PAN_DEC (3 bit field)If
the mobile station transmits k RLC
data blocks without receiving a
Packet ACK/NACK message, the mobile
station shall start timer T3182.
Timer T3182 shall be stopped upon
reception
of
a
PACKET
UPLINK
ACK/NACK message. If timer T3182
expires, the mobile station shall
decrement counter N3102 by PAN_DEC,
and perform an abnormal release with
random access.
GSM 04.60: PAN_INC (3 bit field)
whenever the mobile station receives
a PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message,
the mobile station shall increment
N3102 by PAN_INC, however N3102
shall
never
exceed
the
value
PAN_MAX. Upon cell reselection, the
mobile station shall set counter
N3102 to the value PAN_MAX. When
N3102 <= 0 is reached, the mobile
station shall perform an abnormal
release with cell reselection.
GSM04.60: PAN_MAX (3 bit field).
value allowed for counter N3102 Cell
reselection is done by MS when N3102
<=0.
This parameter indicates whether or
not a mobile station of a certain
priority class is authorised to do a
random access for request of a GPRS
service.
GSM
04.60:
RA_CODE
field.
This

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
271/270

ts-Sector
00mSec
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbT3192
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbTPagCs
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":aCmbTPagPs
GR
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":aDDITIONALRESELECT-PARAM
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":addHrInTfoLi
st
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":aEcnoHo
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aG-PREMPTPCH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
time the Mobile Station can wait for

a Packet Uplink Assignment message,
after sending of a Packet Resource
request.
This GPRS attribute defines the Wait
timer for the MS to release the
Temporary Block Flow after reception
of the final block.
maximum time a CS PAGING message can
remain in a Paging Group queue. It
includes the round trip delay on A
or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface.
maximum time a PS PAGING message
canremain in a Paging Group queue.
It includes the round trip delay on
Gb and Abis interface.
not C2 cell reselection parameters
are present in SYS-INFO 7 and SYSINFO 8. Rules: The value 'TRUE'
indicates that SYS-INFO 7 & 8 need
to be transmitted.
addition of the legacy HR codec type
in the list of supported codec type
provided to the TFO remote partner
for a given AMR-NB call, when that
call is currently established in
Half Rate for cell load reason and
when TFO is possible for that call
(TFO on AMR-NB supported by the TC
and configured in the cell).
size for Ec/No level averages for 2G
to 3G handover.
This attribute is a flag to enable
pre-emption of paging sub-channels
by Access grant messages when there

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
272/271

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-FR-HYST
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-FR-THR1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-FR-THR2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-FR-THR3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-HR-HYST
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-HR-THR1
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-HR-THR2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
is one remaining free AGCH block.

This
attribute
defines
the
hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode
adaptation.
Its
value
is
only
significant
if
the
eN-AMR-FR
This
attribute
defines
the
Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode
adaptation.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
273/272

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":aMR-HR-THR3
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":amrWbGmskHys
t1
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":amrWbGmskHys
t2
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":amrWbGmskThr
1
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":amrWbGmskThr
2
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":aRFN-CUMapping
Go
ArfnCuMapp
ing
{{arfnUsed
<INTEGER>,
radioCarrierId
<INTEGER>, arfnAvailable
<BOOLEAN>} ...}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":accessClassB
arringThreshold
GR
Number
<INTEGER>

This
attribute
indicates
the
GMSK
codec
mode
adaptation
for
transition between lowest codec mode
and second lowest codec mode.
This
attribute
indicates
the
GMSK
codec
mode
adaptation
for
transition between highest codec
mode and second lowest codec mode.
This
attribute
indicates
the
lowest codec mode and second codec
mode).
This
attribute
indicates
the
second lowest codec mode and highest
codec mode).
This attribute makes sense for mono
frequency radio carrier type or for
baseband hopping configured on a BTS
G3. It gives, for each carrier unit,
the absolute ARFN channel Number and
the
availability
state
of
the
frequency.
This
attribute
contains
a
TCH
occupancy high threshold for Access

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
274/273

Class Barring H-Thr-AC-Bar-TCH BSS

telecom
parameter:
when
the
percentage of busy TCH channels
becomes higher than this threshold,
the standard Access Classes 0 to 9
are automatically barred. The value
of
this
attribute
is
only
significant
if
the
enableLoadMngtAccessClassBarring
contains 'TRUE'. When this attribute
contains '100', no automatic access
class barring based on TCH occupancy
is performed, whatever the load.
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
PointerOrN
ull
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelB
"CMB":alarmsAcknowl
Go
AlarmStatu

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
275/274

ts-Sector
edgementStatus
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
perceivedSeverity
value
of
the
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
276/275

{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":allowIMSIAtt
achDetach
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":antennaDiver
sityHwCapability
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":bCCHFrequenc
y
Go
AbsoluteRF
ChannelNo
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<INTEGER>
This attribute controls whether the

IMSI attach/detach procedure is used
in the cell. The value TRUE means
that IMSI attach/detach is used.
Ref. GSM 04.08.
antenna diversity is supported or
not by a BTS.


ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
277/277

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":bTS-Q-LENGTH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":bsIdentityCo
de
GR
BSIdentity
Code
{ncc
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":btsSiteManage
rIDSecondary
Go
GsmGeneral
ObjectID
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":cCCH-CONF
Go
CcchConf
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":cELL-BARQUALIFY
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=one-ccch=0
one-ccch-comb=1
twoccch=2>
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":cELLCOVERAGE-TYPE
Go
CellCovera
geType
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":cELLDIMENSION-TYPE
"EML":cELLPARTITION-TYPE
"EML":cELL-RANGE
Go
CellDimens
ionType
CellPartit
ionType
CellRange
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
IntegerVal
ue
"EML":alcatelB
"COML":cELL-
GR
BooleanTyp
Go
Go
bcc
<ENUMERATED=singlecell=0
umbrellacell=1
overlaidcell=2
indoorcell=3>
<ENUMERATED=macrocell=0
microcell=1>
<ENUMERATED=normalcell=0
concentricell=1>
<ENUMERATED=normalcell=0
extendedOuter=1
extendedInner=2 gan=3>
<INTEGER>
<BOOLEAN>

mobile station.
number of Assignment Requests and
Handover Requests that can be queued
simultaneously.
GSM 04.08.
This
attribute
gives
the
configuration of the CCCH.
This
attribute
indicates
cell
priority.
Rules:
TRUE
=
lowest
priority
Remark:
present
if
cell coverage type.
cell dimension type.
cell partition type (frequency use).
not a cell is part of extended cell.
This
attribute
indicates
permanet
offset
to
the
This
attribute
indicates
the
C2
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
278/277

ts-Sector
RESELECT-PARAM-IND
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":callReestabl
ishmentAllowed
"GSM
12.20":cellAllocati
on
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
GR
CellAlloca
tion
{<INTEGER> ...}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":cellBarred
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":cellCapacity
Class
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":cellCiphSet
GR
CellCiphSe
t
{noCiph <BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":cellGlobalId
entity
GR
CellGlobal
Identity
{lai
{mcc
<OCTETSTRING>,
mnc
<OCTETSTRING>, lac <INTEGER>},
ci <INTEGER>}
"EML":alcatelB
"GSM
GR
CellResele
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
a51
a52
a53
a54
a55
a56
a57
presence of C2 cell reselection

parameters in the message. Rules:
FALSE = C2 parameter not present,
TRUE = C2 parameter present.
call re-establishment is allowed in
the cell.
radio
frequencies
allocated
and
available to a cell. The first
element sets the BCCH frequency.
Mobile Stations may camp on the
cell. The value TRUE indicates that
the cell is barred and camping on
the cell is forbidden. Refer to
Specification
GSM
05.08
(CELL_BAR_ACCESS).
This
attribute
indicates
the
capacity class of the cell, measured
on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to
100.
This attribute represents a list of
flag
indicating
what
are
the
ciphering algorithms allowed by the
operator (each bit represents an A5
algorithm). When several algorithms
can
be
selected
(depending
on
network
configuration,
MS
capabilities and operator choice),
the one with the highest A5 number
is used.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
279/278

ts-Sector
12.20":cellReselect
Hysteresis
ctHysteres
is
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":ciSi
Go
CellIdenti
ty
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":combinerType
Go
CombinerTy
pe
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":dtxDownlink
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=fixedCavitie
s=0 rtc=1 wbc=2 dup=3
dupAir=4 unknown=255>
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<BOOLEAN>

for
cell
reselection.
Refer
to
This attribute indicates specific
Cell Identity to be broadcasted in
the SI3 and SI6 messages instead of
the value of the other O&M parameter
<CI>. When set to 0, it indicates
that the feature is de-activated,
i.e the existing CI is sent in SI3
and SI6.
combiner used in a given BTS sector.


implementation
option.
Its
availability
in
a
system
is
dtxDownlink
attribute
are
as
available
in
the
BTS
FALSE
=

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
280/279

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":dtxIndicator
SacchAmrWbGmsk
Go
DtxIndicat
orSacchAmr
WbGmsk
<INTENUM=msMayUseUlDTxAm
rWbGmsk=0
msShallUseUlDTxAmrWbGmsk
=1
msShallNotUseUlDTxAmrWbG
msk=2>
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTx=0
msShallUseDTx=1
msShallNotUseDTx=2>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":dtxUplink
GR
DtxUplink
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":dtxUplinkAMR
GR
DtxUplinkA
MR
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTxAMR=
0
msShallUseDTxAMR=1
msShallNotUseDTxAMR=2>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":dtxUplinkAMR
-HR
GR
DtxUplinkA
MRHR
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTxAMRH
R=0 msShallUseDTxAMRHR=1
msShallNotUseDTxAMRHR=2>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":dtxUplinkHR
GR
DtxUplinkH
R
<INTENUM=msMayUseDTxHR=0
msShallUseDTxHR=1
BTS.
This attribute controls uplink DTX
usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies
only for AMR WB GMSK.
This
attribute
specifies
the
Discontinuous
Transmission
(DTX)
mode to be used by the Mobile
Stations. The implementation of DTX
for the uplink is compulsory in the
Mobile Station and the Base Station
System. However, its actual use is
under control of the operator. GSM
04.08 allows for three availability
options to be broadcast to the MS.
The information as to whether a MS
can use uplink DTX is transmitted in
the Cell Options of the SYSINFO3
message. The alternatives are the
following:
usage is under the control of the MS
(MS may use DTX)
all MSs must use it. (MS shall use
DTX)
- Uplink DTX is off in the BTS. (MS
shall not use DTX).
FR speech calls.
HR speech calls.
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM
phase 2 for HR. Applies for all

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
281/280

msShallNotUseDTxHR=2>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":eFR-ENABLED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":eN-AMR-FR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":eN-AMR-HR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":eN-ExtendedCBCH
"COML":eN-RL-RECOV
GR
<BOOLEAN>
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":eN-TFO
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":eN-TFO-MATCH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":eN-TFO-OPT
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":eXT-BCCH
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":emergencyCal
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
codec types except AMR-NB and AMRWB.

This attribute defines if the FR TCH
assignments can used the Enhanced
Full
rate
transcoding.
The
established communications are not
changed. If the transcoder and/or
the BTS equipment are not able to
support enhanced half rate, then the
eFR_ENABLED setting to TRUE will be
rejected.
not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in
the cell.
not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in
the cell.
not the extended CBCH is used.
the sending of CONNECTION FAILURE
INDICATION message to the BSC in
case of Radio LinkRecovery. Rules:
Tandem Free Operation (TFO) function
for FR, EFR and HR is enabled or
disabled.
TFO
codec
mismatch
resolution
function (for FR, EFR and HR) is
TFO codec optimisation function is
not extended BCCH is allowed to be
used in the cell.
The attribute determines whether
emergency calls are allowed to all

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
282/281

lRestricted
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":emlAlarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
minor=3
warning=2
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":en2g3gHoNoSe
rviceHo
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":en2gTo3gCell
Reselection
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":en2gTo3gtddC
ellReselection
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":en2gToLteFdd
CellReselection
Go
En2gToLteF
ddCellRese
lection
enLteSearchActivated=1
enLteSearchDeactivated=2
enLteSearchActivatedNc2=
3
enLteSearchActivatedFlex
Prio=4>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":en3GHo
GR
<BOOLEAN>
"CAML":enAmrWbGmsk
Go
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
MSs or restricted to MSs belonging

to access classes in the range 11 to
15. The value TRUE indicates that
emergency calls are restricted. The
special access class ten (10) is
used to carry the value on the Air
Interface. See Specification 04.08.
This
attribute
contains
the
alarmStatus of alcatelBtsSiteManager
as seen from EML, i.e. as mapping of
the SBL BTS-O&M.
This
attribute
allows
handovers
towards 3G cells for a given MS when
I.E. Service Handover is missing and
the load in the serving cell is high
(see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ).
to UTRAN FDD cell reselections is
enabled/disabled and defines the 3G
search activation mode for MS in GMM
Ready state.
to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections
is enabled/disabled and defines the
3G search activation mode for MS in
GMM Ready state.
GSM to E-UTRAN FDD cell reselection
and
defines
the
LTE
search
activation mode for MS in GMM Ready
state. The adjacent EUARFCNs can be
configured at LTE cell level only
(ARFCN_LTE).Those EUARFCNs are used
in the <<blind>> search method.
2G-3G handover is enabled/disabled.
This attribute controls whether AMR
wideband FR in GMSK is allowed in
the cell.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
283/282

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enAntennaHop
ping
"C9ML":enDtm
Go
GR
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C8ML":enEgprs
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":enFast3gRese
lection
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enFast3gLteR
eselection
"C6ML":enGprs
Go
IntegerVal
ue
BooleanTyp
e
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enHrForAmrWb
Gmsk
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enRandomiseF
bl2
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enRepDlFacch
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enRepSacch
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
"C9ML":enReturnCsZo
GR
BooleanTyp
<BOOLEAN>
Go
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>

support of <Antenna Hopping>.
support of dual transfer mode is
enabled/disabled.
EGPRS
traffic
in
the
cell
is
disabled (value FALSE) or enabled
(value TRUE).
This attribute enables a fast 3G
(FDD or TDD) cell reselection at 2G
CS call release.
This attribute enables a fast 3G/LTE
cell reselection.
This
GPRS
attribute
indicates
whether or not GPRS General Packet
Radio Service operation is allowed
in the cell.
This
attribute
enables/disables,
when the cell is loaded, the support
of the Half Rate allocation (at new
call establishment and during intercell handover) for possible AMR-WB
calls.
support of the <<randomisation of
fill bits in L2 message>> feature on
the DL Air interface of the cell.
That feature brings more protection
to voice calls using A5/1 encryption
algorithm.
This
attribute
enablesdDisables
repeated downlink FACCH for AMR-NB
or AMR-WB GMSK calls.
This
attribute
enables/disables
repeated SACCH for SAPI 0 frames in
case of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls
(for mobile station having indicated
the support of the feature).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
284/284

ts-Sector
neHo
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":enTfoAmrNb
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":enTfoAmrWb
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":enUnbalanced
OutputPower
"C6ML":enableLoadMn
gtAccessClassBarrin
g
GR
BooleanTyp
e
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":enableMASele
ction
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":enablePaging
Barring
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":enVgcs
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":fORCE-TFOHR-WHEN-LOADED
GR
ForceTFOHR
<ENUMERATED=tfoHrNotForc
ed=0
tfoHrOnly=1
tfoHrPreferred=2>
GR
<BOOLEAN>
intracell handovers allowing to move

TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone
of PDCH/TCH allocation (intracell
handover cause 30) is enabled (value
TRUE) or disabled (value FALSE).
This attribute indicates flag to
enable/disable the use of the TFO
function in case of AMR-NB codec.
use of TFO function in case of AMRWB GMSK codec.
This attribute activates the feature
Unbalanced output power.
not
the
access
class
barring
procedure based on TCH occupancy
conditions is enabled. The value of
this attribute is only significantif
the
enableAccessClassBarring
attribute contains 'TRUE'. This flag
can be used in high loaded areas to
be sure that priority MS can access
to the network.
not
the
selection
of
hopping
channels
according
to
the
mobileAllocation attribute value of
the
associated
frequencyHoppingSystem
object
instance
is
allowed
for
the
corresponding bts object instance.
This attibute activates/deactivates
the paging in order to forbid/allow
terminating calls in the cell.
VGCS is enabled/disabled in the
cell.
establishment of TFO in Half Rate
(HR or AMR-NB HR) when the cell is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
285/284

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":fORCE-TFOVS-AMR
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":fddMultiratR
eporting
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":fddReporting
Offset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":fddReporting
Threshold
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":finalAdminis
trativeState
GR
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":frequencyRang
e
GR
FrequencyR
ange
<ENUMERATED=p-gsm=0
dcs1800=1
e-gsm=2
gsm850=6
gan=7>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":geranPriorit
y
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":gprsCapabili
ty
Go
GprsCapabi
lity
<ENUMERATED=supportedByH
W=1
notSupportedByHW=2
unknown=255>
loaded shall not be forced, shall be

performed or shall be preferred.
basic
functions
of
Tandem
Free
Operation
(TFO)
are
enabled
or
disabled for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and
HR SV1 codec types when the current
codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR.
of the strongest 3G cells to be
reported
by
the
MS
in
the
measurement report.
that
the
MS
shall
apply
to
measurements before reporting.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold above which the MS shall
report the measurements.
This attribute indicates a requested
administrative state. It contains a
value that may be different from the
value of the administrativeState
attribute from Rec. X.721 which
reflects the current administrative
state.
This
attribute
indicates
the
corresponding
MOI.
If
the
MOI
This attribute gives the priority
for the serving cell. Used for cell
This attribute defines the GPRS
hardware
capability
of
the
sector.The value TRUE indicates that
the
sector
supports
the
GPRS
otherwise the value FALSE is used

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
286/285

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"A12.20":gsmdcsIndi
cator
GR
GsmdcsIndi
cator
<ENUMERATED=gsm=0
extendedgsm=1 dcs1800=2
dcs1900=3 gsm-dcs=4 egsm-dcs=5 gsm850=6>
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":hR-ENABLED
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":hoppingType
GR
HoppingTyp
e
basebandHopping=1
radioHopping=2
nh-rh=3
unknown=255>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":inbandPaging
Thr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":isReflexiveR
eselection
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":kEEP-CODECHO
GR
KeepCodecH
O
<ENUMERATED=freeChoice=0
maintainCodecForTFOonly=
1
maintainCodecForAllCalls
=2>
for GSM.
This
attribute
indicates
the
frequency band type of the cell. The
value may be used to interpret or
check other attribute values.
This attribute defines if the TCH
assignments will allow to support
halRate
transcodingunder
resource
control conditions. The established
communications are not changed. If
the
transcoder
and/or
the
BTS
equipment are not able to support
half
rate,
then
the
HR_ENABLED
setting to TRUE will be rejected.
The
hoppingType
attribute
is
calculated by the agent as result of
the checkCell action and is used to
set up the relatedRadioCarrier of
the
alcatelBasebandTransceiver
if
the hoppingType stands noHopping or
basebandHopping.
eMLPP
priority
included
in
the
Paging message from the MSC is
higher
than
or
equal
to
this
parameter,
then
the
BSS
shall
trigger in-band paging within cells,
that are identified to be paged from
the PAGING message, and that have
existing VGC active.
If this attribute contains 'TRUE',
the BCCH frequency of the serving
cell will be included in the list of
possible
frequencies
for
reselection.
This attribute indicates if, in case
of internal handover, it shall be
tried to keep the codec for TFO
calls only or for all calls or if
the choice of the target cell is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
287/286

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":lSA-OFFSET
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":loadEvPeriod
GPRS
GR
LoadEvPeri
od
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":mSTxPwrMaxCC
H
GR
TxPower
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":mateCellId
GR
MateCellId
Type
mateCell:{lai
<OCTET-STRING>,
<OCTET-STRING>,
<INTEGER>},
<INTEGER>}
nomateCell:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C8ML":maxGprsCs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":maxNumberRet
ransmission
GR
MaxRetrans
<ENUMERATED=one=1
four=4 seven=7>
{mcc
mnc
lac
ci
|
two=2
free.
This attribute contains an offset to
be used for LSA cell reselection
between cells with the same LSA
priorities.
of load samples (computed with a
periodicity
indicated
in
tchUsageInfoPeriod) used to compute
the maximum number of slave PDCHs
that the BSC can allocate to the
MFS.
identifies
a
location
where
an
05.08
(MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH).
This
The mate Cell ID attribute is used
as the identifying link between the
inner and the outer cells of an
extended cell. It has the value
'nomateCell'
if
the
rnlCellType
attribute
is
not
equal
to
'extendedInner' nor 'extendedOuter'.
coding scheme used for GPRS traffic
in the cell.
The value of the attribute is the
maximum number of retransmissions a
MS may perform on the RACH. Refer to
Specification
GSM
05.08
(MAX_RETRAN).

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
288/287

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EAML":maxPdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EAML":maxPdchHighL
oad
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":maxQueueLeng
th
Go
MaxQueueLe
ngth
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":maxVgcsTs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":mcModuleList
Go
McModuleLi
st
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EAML":minPdch
GR
IntegerVal
ue
{{mcpaFrequencySpan
<INTEGER>,
numberOfConfiguredTRE
<INTEGER>,
mcModuleID
{rackNumber
<INTEGER>,
shelfNumber
<INTEGER>,
slotNumber
<INTEGER>},
withOtherStandard
<BOOLEAN>} ...}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":minVgcsTs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
"GSM
Go
BooleanTyp
<BOOLEAN>
Maximum number of slave and master

MFS in the cell.
Maximum number of slave and master
MFS when the CS traffic is high.
This attribute specifies the maximum
length of queues in the BTS. The
queue elements are call and handover
attempts waiting for a TCH to be
released in that BTS the value is a
percentage of the total number of
working TCHs in the BTS.
- value 0: no queuing used.
- value 100: maximum queue length is
equal to the total number of enabled
TCHs.
number of radio timeslots that can
be used by the VGCS calls in the
cell.
This attribute represents a list
which
contains
the
MC
modules
attached to one sector.
Minimum number of master and slave

PDCHs that are always allocated to
the MFS.
number of radio timeslots that are
reserved for the VGCS calls in the
cell in normal situation (point-topoint CS call can NOT use these
timeslots).
This attribute specifies whether

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
289/289

ts-Sector
12.20":msPriorityUs
edInQueuing
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":multibandRepo
rting
GR
Additional
MultibandI
nfo
null:<NULL>
|
multibandReporting:<ENUM
ERATED=val0=0
val1=1
val2=2 val3=3>
callpriority in ASSIGNMENT REQUEST

message (or HANDOVER REQUEST message
in ho) from MSC is taken into
account in queue handling.
This attribute represents part of a
mandatory IE in both the SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 2ter and SYSTEM
INFORMATION TYPE 5ter messages. The
parameter
MULTIBAND_REPORTING
is
sent by the network to the MS to
specify the minimum number of cells,
if available, to be reported by a
multiband MS on each suported band
in
MEASUREMENT
REPORT
message.
MULTIBAND_REPORTING can have the
following meanings:
- The MS shall report the six
- The MS shall report the strongest
cell of each supported band (if
available). The remaining positions
are
filled
with
the
remaining
- The MS shall report the two
positions
are
filled
with
the
remaining
strongest
cells,
frequency bands, it shall reports
strongest bands,
- The MS shall report the three
positions
are
filled
with
the
remaining
strongest
cells,

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
290/289

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":n-BSTXPWR-M
GR
NBstxpwrM
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":nb-TS-FORBASIC-CBCH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":nb-TS-FOR-ECBCH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":nbBaseBandTr
ansceiver
Go
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":nbOfEdgeTREs
PerSector
"C6ML":nbrDRGSM1800-1900-TRE
Go
NbBaseBand
Transceive
rType
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":nbrDRGSM900-TRE
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":nbrSDCCH
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
"COML":nbrSDCCHavai
Go
Number
<INTEGER>

frequency bands, it shall report
strongest bands. This IE has been
added in order to allow the network
to
manage
handovers
between
different bands for other reasons
than radio Power Level or Quality.
For instance, for load repartition
purpose, the BSS may decide to
transfer a Multiband MS from GSM-900
to DCS-1800 band even if the 6
strongest neighbour cells are in
GSM-900 band.
threshold for a radio link recovery
action.
for basic CBCH.
for extended CBCH.
TRE that are configured on the
corresponding sector.
of Edge TREs per sector.
of TRE Dual Rate in the GSM1800/1900
frequency range.
of TRE Dual Rate in the GSM900
frequency range.
of (static + dynamic) SDCCH subchannels.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
291/290

ts-Sector
lable
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":nbrTCH
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"COML":nbrTCHavaila
ble
"GSM
12.20":noOfBlocksFo
rAccessGrant
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
NoOfBlocks
ForAccessG
rant
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":noOfMultifra
mesBetweenPaging
GR
NoOfMultif
ramesBetwe
enPaging
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":notAllowedAc
cessClasses
GR
AccessCont
rolClassSe
t
{<INTEGER> ...}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":notifFacchOt
herVgcsCallThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
of (static + dynamic) available

SDCCH sub-channels.
of TCH channels.
of available TCH channels.
of TDMA frames reserved for the
Access Grant channel during a period
of 51 TDMA frames (a multiframe).
For details refer to Specification
GSM 05.02.
This value denotes the number of
multiframes (51 frames) between two
transmissions of the same paging
message to mobiles of the same
paging group.
Models.
This attribute contains a list of MS
Access
Classes,
which
are
not
allowed to access the cell. It
should be noted that the access
class number ten (10) does not exist
as a normal access class it is used
to restrict emergency calls (see
also
attribute
emergencyCallRestricted).
For
further
details
refer
to
Specification 04.08.
than or equal to this parameters the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
292/291

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":notifFacchPt
pCallThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":notifPchThr
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":numberOfSlot
sSpreadTrans
GR
TxInteger
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":numberNchBlo
cks
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
"GSM 12.20":ny1
GR
Ny1
<INTEGER>
Notification message shall be sent

on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS
call.
than or equal to this parameters,
the Notification message shall be
sent on FACCH of all on-going point
to point call.
This
attribute
indicates
the
notification
threshold
for
notification over PCH. The BSS shall
consider, for Notification/PCH, only
VGCS-Calls which have a priority
(eMLPP priority) not below this
threshold. If more than one is
selected, all these voice group
calls shall be notified on PCH and
all with the same frequency of
occurrence.
The
numberOfSlotsSpreadTrans
attribute (TX Integer) is used to
represent the maximum number of RACH
slots a MS must wait, after an
unsuccessful random access attempt,
before a new random access. The MS
draws a random number between 0 and
the value of this parameter, in
order to decide when to start the
new access. Hence this parameter
allows the access retransmissions be
spread over a fixed number of RACH
slots. The corresponding numbers of
slots used to spread transmission (3
to 50) is indicated in Specification
GSM 04.08.
This attribute indicates the the
maximum number of blocks reserved
for NCH.
The ny1 attribute indicates the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
293/292

ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":ny2
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"X.721":operational
State
"CBML":overbooking
Go
Go
Operationa
lState
Overbookin
g
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":pENALTY-TIME
GR
PenaltyTim
e
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=no=0
low=1
high=2 level3=3 level4=4
level5=5
level6=6
level7=7 unknown=255>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":pREPRO-MODE
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":pRIO-THR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":pWRC
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":periodCCCHLo
adIndication
Go
PeriodCCCH
LoadIndica
tion
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
maximum number of repetitions of the

PHYSICAL INFORMATION message on the
radio interface (GSM 04.08). This
message is sent by the BTS to the MS
during a handover procedure between
two not synchronized cells, in order
to establish a physical channel
connection on the new cell.
number of repetitions for the VGCS
UPLINK
GRANT
message
during
an
uplink access procedure.
This attribute allows the BTS to add
GSM power budget on each TRE of a
MC-module.
TEMPORARY_OFFSET
to
the
C2
criterion.
BSC
or
the
BTS
performs
the
processing. Rules: FALSE = mode B,
TRUE = mode A.
threshold for applying LSA cell
reselection.
not
the
MS
shall
include
measurements made on BCCH frequency
in case of a frequency hopping
channel. Rule: The TRUE value means
that these measurements shall not be
included.
This value indicates the frequency
with which the CCCH load indication
is sent to the BSC. Refer to GSM
08.58,'CCCH LOAD INDICATION'

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
294/293

{<INTEGER> ...}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":plmnPermitte
d
GR
PlmnPermit
ted
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C8ML":psPrefBcchTr
x
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":pwrMaxDcsCap
abilityPerSector
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":pwrMaxGsmCap
abilityPerSector
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":qsearchC
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":qsearchI
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":qsearchP
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
"CBML":qSearchPLte
Go
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>

of the Network Colour Code (NCC) for
an
accessing
MS.
Refer
to
Specification
GSM
05.08
(NCC_PERMITTED).
not
the
PS
requests
shall
be
preferentially served with PDCH(s)
of the BCCH TRX.
output
connector
that
can
be
the DCS frequency bands (GSM 1800
and GSM 1900).
output
connector
that
can
be
the GSM frequency band (GSM 850 or
GSM 900).
This
attribute
indicates
the
in dedicated mode depending whether
the received signal level of the
threshold.
This
attribute
indicates
the
This
attribute
indicates
the
in
GPRS
depending
whether
the
received
level
average
of
the
threshold.
This attribute is used for cell

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
295/295

ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"A12.20":rACHBusyTh
reshold
Go
ue
RachRxLev
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"A12.20":rACHLoadAv
eragingSlots
Go
RachLoadAv
eragingSlo
ts
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":rADIOLINKTIMEOUT-BS
GR
RadioLinkT
imeoutBS
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":radiolinkRep
DlSacch
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":repDlFacchLe
gacySupport
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":repDlFacchTh
resAmrFr
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":repDlFacchTh
resAmrHr
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
"CBML":repDlFacchTh
Go
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>

This attribute defines a threshold
for the received signal level during
the RACH bursts. A signal level
exceeding
this
threshold
is
interpreted as a busy RACH. Refer to
Specifications GSM 08.58, RACH Load.
RACH
bursts
over
which
RACH
measurements are performed. Refer to
Specifications GSM 08.58 RACH Load.
Counter threshold to detect a radio
link failure on the uplink path, for
non AMR calls, or for AMR calls (NB
or WB) for which Repeated SACCH and
Repeated DL FACCH are activated.
SACCH activation threshold for UL
RLT (Radio Link Timer) counter.
Dynamic activation is triggered in
the BTS when the UL RLT counter is
inferior or equal to that threshold.
This
attribute
indicates
legacy
support for repeated downlink FACCH
for AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls.
This parameter concerns only the
LAPDm command frames.
FACCH activation threshold for AMRNB FR calls. Dynamic activation is
FACCH activation threshold for AMRNB HR calls. Dynamic activation is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
296/295

ts-Sector
resAmrWb
ue
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":rMS-EN-EXTMEAS-REP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":rMS-ExtMeas-Rep-List
GR
RMSExtMeas
RepList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":rMS-TEMPLATE
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":rMS-tA-STAT
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":raColor
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"GSM
12.20":radioLinkTim
eout
GR
RadioLinkT
imeout
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":radioLinkTim
eoutAmr
GR
RadioLinkT
imeoutAmr
<INTEGER>
FACCH activation threshold for AMRWB GMSK calls. Dynamic activation is

extended measurement reporting for
Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation
ARFN
values
used
for
extended
measurement
reporting
in
Radio
Measurements Statistics. This list
shall include the BCCH frequency. It
is ordered from the lowest to the
highest ARFN value, except for the
ARFN value 0 which, if present, is
mandatorily at the end of the list.
This attribute contains the RMS
template number assigned to the
cell.
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold
on
timing
advance
to
define the cell limit used for Radio
Measurements Statistics.
This attribute indicates the Routing
Area Colour for GPRS.
The radioLinkTimeout attribute is
used to indicate the maximum value
of the radio link counter needed to
detect a radio link failure. This
value is used by the MS procedure
and may also be used for the BSS
procedure. See Specification GSM
05.08 for more information. This
attribute corresponds to the radio
sub-system link control parameter
RADIO_LINK_TIMEOUT.
This attribute indicates the initial
value of MS counter for radio link

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
297/296

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":radioLinkTim
eoutBsAmr
GR
RadioLinkT
imeoutBsAm
r
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":relatedCellS
hared
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":relatedFuncti
onList
"GSM
12.20":relatedGSMEq
uipment
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":relatedOAMLa
pdLink
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
Go
supervision, for a call using an AMR

codec (NB or WB) and for which
Repeated SACCH and/or Repeated DL
FACCH are not activated.
This attribute indicates the counter
threshold to detect a radio link
failure on the uplink path for calls
using an AMR codec (NB or WB) and
for which Repeated SACCH and/or
Repeated DL FACCH are not activated.
- For a rnlAlcatelSector MOI: this
attribute indicates the cell MOI
associated
with
this
secondary
sector.
attribute
indicates
the
primary
alcatelBts-Sector
MOI
associated
with this secondary sector.
This
attribute
represents
the
relationship
between
the
GSM
functionality
and
the
required
equipment
which
supports
that
functionality.
This
attribute
identifies
the
sending
management
messages
and
physical
connection.
Different
instances
of
this
attribute
in

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
298/297

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":relatedSecon
darySector
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CEML":relatedSigna
llingList
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":relatedTrans
coder
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":rxLevAccessM
in
GR
RxLev
<INTEGER>

same
or
separate
physical
connections.
- For a cell MOI: this attribute
indicates
the
secondary
rnlAlcatelSector MOI associated with
this cell (the primary sector is
accessed via the rnlSupportingSector
attribute).
attribute indicates the secondary
alcatelBts-Sector
MOI
associated
with
this
primary
sector.
This
attribute contains the NULL value
(notAvailable alternative) if the
cell is not shared between two
sectors.
points
onto
the
list
of
Abis
Interface,
this
attribute
points
onto
the
list
of
alcatelLapdLink
instances
The relatedTranscoder indicates the
instance(s) of the transcoder object
(if any) that are related to a bts
for purposes of TRAU O&M messages as
specified in GSM 08.60 and GSM
12.21.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
299/298

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":sCHEDULEPERIOD
GR
SchedulePe
riod
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":sCHEDULEPERIOD-E-CBCH
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":secondaryAbi
sID
"C7ML":solsaFunctLe
vel
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
SolsaFunct
Level
<ENUMERATED=limitedDisab
led=0
disabled=1
limited=2 simplified=3>
05.08
(RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN).
This
05.08).
This attribute gives the length of a
schedule periode of the DRX scheme.
Rules:
0
means
DRX
scheme
is
deactivated.
This attribute defines the Length of
the DRX schedule period for the
extended CBCH.
This
attribute
identifies
the
secondary Abis.
The SoLSA (Support of Localised
Service Areas) feature requires new
SYSTEM-INFO messages to be managed
on the Abis/Air interfaces, namely
SI16 and SI17. However, depending on
the hardware generation and family
of the BTS, the BTS may not be able
to cope with these new SIs which
shall
thus
not
be
sent.
This
attribute
indicates
whether
the
SoLSA feature is enabled or disabled
and, in each case, whether or not
these new SIs shall be sent on the
Abis/Air interfaces. More precisely,
it can take the following values:
- limitedDisabled: The SoLSA feature
is disabled and no SI16/SI17 are
- disabled: The SoLSA feature is
disabled and empty SI16/SI17 are
- limited: The SoLSA feature is
enabled and no SI16/SI17 are sent on
the Abis/Air interfaces
- simplified: The SoLSA feature is
enabled and empty/full SI16/SI17 are

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
300/299

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":startUplinkR
eply
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t-FILTER
GR
<INTEGER>
"COML":t-INTRF-L3
GR
TimerLayer
3
TIntrfL3
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM 12.20":t200
Go
T200
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":t200Tf
GR
T200TF
{sdcchSAPI0
facchTCHF
facchTCHH
sacchTCHSAPI0
sacchSDCCH
sdcchSAPI3
sacchTCHSAPI3
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":t200Th
GR
T200TH
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3105-D
GR
T3105D
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3105-D-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
sent on the Abis/Air interfaces.

Request bit set to L) during the
initial part of the uplink access
procedure (i.e. before sending the
first UPLINK FREE message with the
Uplink Access request bit set to H).
This attribute allows to filter
handover alarms.
This
attribute
indicates
the
repetition time for sending the RF
RESOURCE
INDICATION
MESSAGE
TRANSMITTED TO THE BSC Remark: To
avoid an overload in the BSC because
of
too
many
messages
received,
T_INTRF_L3 should not be set too
low.
This attribute contains values for
the LapDm timer T200, to be used on
the different control channels. See
This
attribute
describes
the
FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0.
This
attribute
describes
the
FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0.
This
timer
is
used
for
the
repetition
of
the
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION
message
during
the
handover procedure. It is dedicated
to SDCCH. T3103 > NY1 * T3105D (with
timers using the same time unit).
to stop the timerT3105_D. Rules:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
301/300

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":t3105-F-FR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C7ML":t3105-F-HR
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3105-F-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3106-D
GR
T3106D
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3106-D-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>

timer
T3105-D
is
stopped
on
timer T3105_Dis stopped on reception
of
a
correct
L2
signalling
frame(SDCCH or SACCH).
This
timer
is
used
for
the
repetition
of
the
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message for FR channels
during the handover procedure . It
is dedicated to FACCH.
This
timer
is
used
for
the
repetition
of
the
PHYSICAL
INFORMATION message for HR channels
during the handover procedure. It is
dedicated to FACCH.
timer
T3105_F
is
stopped
on
timer
T3105_F
is
stopped
on
reception of a correct L2 signalling
frame (FACCH or SACCH) or a correct
TCHframe.
Thist imer is used for synchronous
handover
when
no
PHYSICAL
dedicated to SDCCH. T3103 > T3106D
unit).
to stop the timer T3106_D. Rules:
timer
T3106_D
is
stopped
on

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
302/301

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3106-F
GR
T3106F
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":t3106-F-STOP
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":t3115
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM 12.20":t31xx
Go
T31xxTimer
s
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":tddQoffset
GR
IntegerVal
ue
{t3101 <INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>,
<INTEGER>}
<INTEGER>
t3103
t3105
t3107
t3109
t3111
t3113
- The TRUE value means thatthetimer

T3106_D is stopped on reception of a
correct L2 signalling frame(SDCCH or
SACCH).
This timer is used for synchronous
handover
when
no
PHYSICAL
dedicated to FACCH. T3103 > T3106F
unit).
timer
T3106_F
is
stopped
on
The
TRUE
value
means
thatthetimerT3106_D is stopped on
either
a
correct
L2
signalling
frame(FACCH or SACCH) or a correct
TCH frame.
repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT
message during the uplink access
procedure. If the timer expires
before the reception of a correctly
decoded frame from MS, the BTS
repeats
the
VGCS
UPLINK
GRANT
message to the requesting MS.
of the set of timers used on the air
interface. See Specification GSM
04.08 for more details.
Offset added to the received level

average of the serving cell and of
the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
303/302

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
TemporaryO
ffset
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":thrEcnoHo
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":tRepetitionC
hannelRelease
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":tRepetitionU
plinkFree
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
TDD cell re-selection.

defined
by
the
PENALTY_TIME
atribute.
Remark:
present
if
definition in a dual rate cell. The
value 100 % disables the feature
'Half rate allocation in case of
congestion'. Mandatory rules:
- tHR-FR-LOAD-L-SV1 value <= tHR-FRLOAD-U-SV1 value
- tHR-FR-LOAD-L-SV1 value >= tHR-FRLOAD-L-SV3 value
of AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMRNB
channel
adaptation
handover
rate cell.
definition in a dual rate cell.
of AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMRchannel
adaptation
handover
NB
rate cell.
This attribute indicates the Ec/No
threshold above which a handover to
UTRAN may be triggered.
This
attribute
indicates
the
repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE
message sent on FAACH.
between consecutive of the UPLINK
FREE message sent to the mobile

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
304/303

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":thrCellLoad3
gReject
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CAML":thrCellLoad3
gReq
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":thresh2GLow
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CBML":threshPriori
tySearch
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":thresholdCCC
HLoadIndication
Go
ThresholdC
CCHLoadInd
ication
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"CMB":timeAdvanceFi
lter
GR
TimeAdvanc
eFilter
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":timeLimitCal
l
Go
QueueTimeL
imit
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":timeLimitHan
Go
QueueTimeL
imit
<INTEGER>
station. The UPLINK FREE messages

shall be repeated as long as no
uplink is granted to a mobile.
threshold determining whether a 3G
to 2G handover request shall be
rejected in load situation. The
feature is deactivated by setting
this attribute to its maximum value,
namely 100%.
threshold on the serving cell below
which handovers towards 3G cells are
forbidden when I.E. Service Handover
is
missing
(whatever
EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO value).
This attribute gives the threshold
of the GSM serving cell (and all
measured GSM cells). Used for cell
This
attribute
indicates
the
threshold for the serving cell that
controls
inter-RAT
measurements.
Used for cell reselection by a LTEcapable MS/UE.
This value is a threshold used by
the BTS to inform the BSC on the
load of CCCH. Refer to GSM 08.58,
'CCCH LOAD INDICATION'
advance
limit
beyond
which
the
Channel
Required
messages
are
filtered.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
305/304

dover
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM
12.20":timerPeriodi
cUpdateMS
GR
TimerPerio
dicUpdateM
S
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":timerTIA
GR
TimerData
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":timerTPDA
Go
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C6ML":timerTPUA
Go
ACmbTimer1
00mSec
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"GSM 12.20":tsc
GR
Tsc
useBCC:<NULL>
useTSC:<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":txDivTreNumb
er
"COML":unAcknowledg
edAlarm
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>

BTS.
This
attribute
specifies
the
interval
for
the
MS
periodic
location updates. The value zero
indicates that the MS should not
perform
any
periodic
location
updates.
time
a
CS
IMMEDIATE
ASSIGNMENT
message can remain in the AGCH
queue.
for a DL TBF establishment on PCH
remains in the PCH queue.
for a UL or DL TBF establishment on
AGCH remains in the AGCH queue.
This attribute contains the Training
Sequence Code (TSC) of a radio
channel. For control channels, TSC
is always equal to the BCC (Base
Station Colour Code). For other
channels, there are no restrictions.
of the TxDIV TRE per sector.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence
of
some
alarms
not
attribute
otherwise
all
active
operator.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
306/305

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"X.721":usageState
Go
Go
UnknownSta
tus
UsageState
<BOOLEAN>
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":waitIndicati
onForCallReestablis
hment
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":waitIndicati
onForEmergencyCall
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":waitIndicati
onForOriginatingCal
l
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
active=1 busy=2>
<GraphicString>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
significant
if
the
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
significant
if
the
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
significant
if
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
307/307

"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"COML":waitIndicati
onForOtherProcedure
s
GR
TimerData
{timeUnit
min=2
noOfTDMAFrames=3
noOfSlots=4
factor=5>,
"EML":alcatelB
ts-Sector
"C9ML":waitUplinkAc
cess
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"CAML":abisBandwidt
h
"CAML":abisID
Go
Go
NumberOrUn
known
Number
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
<INTEGER>
"COML":abisTopology
Go
AbisTopolo
gy
"EML":alcatelB
"CMB":abisTransport
Go
TransportM
<ENUMERATED=chain=0
ring=1
ip-chain=2
group=3>

CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
significant
if
the
CHANNEL
REQUIRED
message
in
Request bit set to L) per cycle,
during the non-initial part of the
uplink access procedure (i.e. after
sending
the
first
UPLINK
FREE
message
with
the
Uplink
Access
Request bit set to H). Each time the
value of this counter becomes zero,
the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message
with the Uplink Access Request bit
set to H.
Abis bandwidth.
This attribute identifies the Abis.
This
attribute
indicates
the
group or IP chain.
This
attribute
describes
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
308/307

tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
Mode
"COML":aBisTTPProvi
der
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"CMB":aCmbCommercia
lUse
Go
IntegerVal
ue
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
GR
PointerOrN
ull
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"CMB":alarmsAcknowl
edgementStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
Go
ode
AbisTTPPro
vider
<ENUMERATED=nokiaCompati
ble=0
alcatelCompatible=1
unknown=255>
<INTEGER>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
transport mode of the Abis.

This attribute defines the provider
of the Abis termination equipments
equipment
is
in
commercial
use

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
perceivedSeverity
value
of
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
309/308

"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":allowextendedCell
"COML":antennaDiver
sityHwCapability
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
BooleanOrU
nknown
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"COML":bS-TXPWRMAX-Reference
Go
BtsTxPower
Level
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
unknown:<NULL>
|
dBm:<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":bTS-CIPH-CAP
Go
BtsCiphCap
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":bTS-CIPHCAPHwCapability
Go
BtsCiphCap
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"CBML":btsExtAlmPro
fileId
GR
Number
{<ENUMERATED=no-enc=0
a5-1=1 a5-2=2 a5-3=3 a54=4 a5-5=5 a5-6=6 a5-7=7
unknown=255> ...}
{<ENUMERATED=no-enc=0
a5-1=1 a5-2=2 a5-3=3 a54=4 a5-5=5 a5-6=6 a5-7=7
unknown=255> ...}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EAML":btsHostName
Go
HostName
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":btsHwFamily
Go
BtsHwFamil
y
unknown:<NULL>
|
evolium:<ENUMERATED=mono
StandardBtsOutdoor=95
monoStandardBtsIndoor=96
multiStandardBtsOutdoor=
97
multiStandardBtsIndoor=9
Go
|
|

extended cells are allowed.
antenna diversity is supported or
not by a BTS.

power
output
garanted
by
the
hardware at the output of the BTS
combiner.
assumed BTS ciphering capability
configured in the BSC.
ciphering hw capability of the BTS.
This attribute gives for one BTS the
identifier of the external alarm
profile that defines the customized
alarm name, probable cause, severity
and additional text.
This attribute describes the BTS
Hostname
configured
in
the
DNS
server.
of the BTS family as reported by
BTS.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
310/309

"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":bTSHwAlarmSta
tus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EAML":btsIpAddress
Go
"CBML":btsNetwSynch
roMode
Go
IpAddressS
tr
BtsNetwSyn
chroMode
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":clockSynchro
nizationHwCapabilit
y
Go
OCXOSynchr
o
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"C6ML":clockSynchro
nizationUsage
Go
OCXOSynchr
oUsage
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
8 micro=99 evolium=100>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
<GraphicString>
{gpsSynchro
<BOOLEAN>,
ntpSynchro
<BOOLEAN>,
pcmSynchro
<BOOLEAN>,
cpriSynchro <BOOLEAN>}
<ENUMERATED=freeRunning=
0
pcmSynchronized=1
freeRunningAndPcmSynchro
nizedProvided=2
freeRunningAndPcmAndGpsS
ynchronizedProvided=3
ntpSynchronized=4
ntpSyncFreeRunningAndPcm
SyncProvided=5
ntpSyncFreeRunningAndPcm
AndGpsSyncProvided=6
freeRunningAndPcmAndCpri
SynchronizedProvided=7
freeRunningAndPcmAndGpsA
ndCpriSynchronizedProvid
ed=8 unknown=255>
<ENUMERATED=pcmSynchroni
zed=0
freeRunning=1
ignore=2
ntpSynchronized=3>
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
This alarm status is the copy of the

alarmsStatus
defined
in
alcatelManagedElement (BTS).
This attribute describes
address of the BTS.
the
IP
This
attribute
holds
the
hw
synchronisation capability of the
BTS (PCM synchronised, free running
or both).
This attribute indicates the clock

synchronisation mode of a non G1
BTS.


ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
311/311

"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EAML":dhcpClientId
entifier
"EAML":dhcpLocation
Go
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":emlAlarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EAML":ethernetSupp
ort
"CBML":fnOffsetTime
Synchro
Go
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
Number
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":fuHwCapabili
ty
Go
FuRate
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EAML":ipOverE1Supp
ort
"CBML":isIPsec
Go
"M.3100":locationNa
me
GR
IpOverE1Su
pport
BooleanOrU
nknown
LocationNa
me
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":masterBTS
Go
MasterBTS
"EML":alcatelB
"COML":max-
Go
MaxValues
Go
Go
OctetStrin
g
DhcpLocati
on
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<OCTET-STRING>
<ENUMERATED=omc=1
external=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
unknown:<NULL>
|
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
|
codecList:{<ENUMERATED=h
alfRate=1
fullRate=2
extendedFullRate=3> ...}
<ENUMERATED=none=1
full=2 lastInChain=3>
unknown:<NULL>
|
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<GraphicString>
unknown:<NULL> | masterslave:notAvailable:<NULL
>
|
tance>
<INTEGER>
This attribute describes the DHCP

client identifier.
This attribute specifies for an IP
BTS if the DHCP server is located in
the OMC or not.
This
attribute
contains
the
alarmStatus of alcatelBtsSiteManager
as seen from EML, i.e. as mapping of
the SBL BTS-O&M.
This attribute describes the level
of Ethernet support.
This attribute is used to allow BTS
GPS synchronized to have different
frame number.This parameter is used
only if the BTS is a master BTS and
is GPS synchronized.
This
attribute
holds
the
transmission capability of the FU
(Full rate, Extended full rate, Half
Rate).
This attribute describes the level
of IPoE1 support.
support of IP sec.
identifies
a
location
where
an
This attribute points to the master
alcatelBTSSiteManager instance for a
slave BTS otherwise its value is
NULL.
This
attribute
gives
the
maximum

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
312/312

tsSiteManager
BasebandTransceiver
-perSector
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":max-BtsSector
Go
MaxValues
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":max-FHSperSector
Go
MaxValues
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"E9ML":maxDualRateT
rePrimary
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"E8ML":maxExtraTsPr
imary
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"E9ML":maxFullRateT
rePrimary
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"C6ML":muxRate
Go
MuxRate
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"C6ML":muxRule
Go
MuxRule
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EAML":networkConfi
guration
Go
NetworkCon
figuration
{[signallingLoadBts
<ENUMERATED=dummy=0
normal=1
high=2>],
[signallingLoadPerSector
{{sectorNumber
<INTEGER>,
signallingLoad
<ENUMERATED=dummy=0
normal=1 high=2>} ...}]}
<ENUMERATED=noMux=0
staticMux=1
statisticMux64=2
statisticMux16=3>
{subnetAddress
<GraphicString>,
subnetMask
<GraphicString>,
[gatewayAddress
<GraphicString>],
[broadcastAddress
number of baseband transceivers per

cell on a BtsSiteManager from a
theoretical viewpoint.
number
of
Bts-Sector
on
a
BtsSiteManager.
number of Frequency Hopping systems
on a BtsSiteManager.
This attribute gives the maximum of
DR TRE to be mapped on first Abis
when a second Abis is attached.
number of extra TS that can be moved
from the secondary Abis link to the
primary Abis link of the BTS via the
fillUpPrimaryAbis action.
This attribute gives the maximum of
FR TRE to be mapped on first Abis
when a second Abis is attached.
This attribute indicates:
whether
multiplexing
is
BTSbalanced
or
sector-balanced
(multiplexing mode)
- the corresponding or signalling
load
- for the whole BTS if BTS-balanced
for
each
sector
if
sectorbalanced.
This
attribute
indicates
the
multiplexing
rule
for
a
corresponding alcatelLapdLink MOI.
This attribute describes the network
configuration.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
313/312

<GraphicString>]}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"C9ML":nExtraAbisTs
GR
IntegerVal
ue
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":nodeIdentifi
er
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":omuRamSize
Go
OMURamSize
int:<INTEGER>
unknownSize:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"X.721":operational
State
"EBML":passThroughA
bis
Go
Operationa
lState
Number
enabled=1>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"E6ML":qMuxAddress
Go
NumberOrUn
known
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":rTE-Equipped
Go
<BOOLEAN>
"COML":radioCarrier
Type
Go
BooleanTyp
e
RadioCarri
erType
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"GSM
12.20":relatedGSMEq
uipment
Go
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
<ENUMERATED=monofrequency=1
radiohopping-without-onboard-BCCHFiller=4
radio-hopping-with-onboard-BCCHFiller=2
unknown=255>

of 64k extra Abis timeslots that can
be used for PS traffic in a BTS (the
extra Abis timeslots can be located
on the primary and/or the secondary
Abis PCM links of the BTS).
Models.
This attribute defines the Ram size
of
the
OMU
(Operation
and
Maintenance Unit).
This attribute indicates which Abis
connected to the BTS (from #1 to #3)
must be pass-through to the fourth
one
This attribute contains the Q mux
address of a BTS. It is given by the
user in an integer form.
This attribute defines the presence
of a radio test equipment.
radio carrier.
This
attribute
represents
the
relationship
between
the
GSM
functionality
and
the
required

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
314/314

"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"GSM
12.20":relatedOAMLa
pdLink
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"E8ML":relatedSecon
daryAbis
GR
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"C7ML":relatedSynch
ronizedBTS
Go
RelatedSyn
chronizedB
TS
unknown:<NULL>
|
master:notAvailable:<NUL
L>
|
tance>
|
listOfSlaves:{<ObjectIns
tance> ...}
equipment
which
supports
that
functionality.
This
attribute
identifies
the
sending
management
messages
and
physical
connection.
Different
instances
of
this
attribute
in
same
or
separate
physical
connections.
This
attribute
indicates
the
secondary
Abis
link
(alcatelAbisChainRing
MOI)
associated with the BTS, if any.
Otherwise, the NULL alternative is
used.
flexible
MAIO
and
cell
shared
features. It is used to associate:
- listOfSlaves alternative: a master
BTS with a list of up to 3 slaves
BTS (rnlAlcatelSiteManager MOIs
- resp. alcatelBtsSiteManager MOIs)
- master alternative: a slave BTS
with the master BTS this both at RNL
level (rnlAlcatelSiteManager MOIs)
and
at
core
BSS
level
(alcatelBtsSiteManager MOIs). A BTS
that is standAlone is considered to
be a master BTS. The unknownValue is
used when it is not yet known
whether the BTS is master or slave

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
315/314

"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"C9ML":rSLs12PerBTS
Number
"E6ML":sectorAndTre
Info
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
SectorAndT
reInfo
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"CAML":signalingBan
dwidth
Go
NumberOrUn
known
{{sectorNumber
<INTEGER>,
numberOfGsm900Tre
<INTEGER>,
numberOfGsm1800Gsm1900Tr
e
<INTEGER>,
[numberOfDRGsm900Tre
<INTEGER>],
[numberOfDRGsm1800Gsm190
0Tre
<INTEGER>],
sectorNodeIdentifier
<INTEGER>} ...}
number:<INTEGER>
|
unknown:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"CAML":tchActivityF
actor
"CAML":tchBandwidth
Go
"EBML":fourthAbisLi
nksCapability
Go
NumberOrUn
known
NumberOrUn
known
BooleanOrU
nknown
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
number:<INTEGER>
unknown:<NULL>
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"COML":tSCProvider
Go
TSCProvide
r
<ENUMERATED=alcatel=0
nokia=1 unknown=255>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"E8ML":twoAbisHwCap
ability
"COML":unAcknowledg
edAlarm
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
BooleanTyp
e
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
Go
Go
|
|
|

of the RSLs per BTS.
sector of the corresponding BTS:
- The sector number
The
number
of
Transceiver
Equipments (TRE)
The
nodeIdentifier
attribute
value.
This
attribute
describes
the
link.
This
attribute
describes
the
This
attribute
indicates
the
capability of the SUM board to
support
the
connection
of
an
external equipment on the fourth
Abis link of the BTS. It is assumed
that only BTS supporting three Abis
links are able to support the
connection of external equipment on
the fourth Abis link
of
the
Transmission
Sub-system
controller (TSC).
This attribute indicates the BTS HW
capability to support 2 Abis.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence
of
some
alarms
not

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
316/316


attribute
otherwise
all
active
operator.
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"E6ML":usableTSs
UnknownSta
tus
UsableTSsO
rUnknown
Go
usableTSs:{<INTEGER>
...} | unknown:<NULL>
"EML":alcatelB
tsSiteManager
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"E8ML":activeStandb
yMode
Go
ActiveStan
dbyMode
<ENUMERATED=active=0
standby=1 unknown=255>
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":affectedOb
jectList
Go
ObjectList
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
GR
PointerOrN
ull
| null:<NULL>

level
of
detail
required
for
management.
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
Go
<BOOLEAN>
This
attribute
indicates
the
timeslots which may be used on Abis
chain/ring.
Since
the
timeslots
which
may
be
used
are
always
contiguous, this attribute contains
two timeslot (TS) numbers:
- the TS number of the first usable
TS
- the TS number of the last usable
TS
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
board (OMCP, CCP, TP, MUX) working
in active/standby mode which is the
current mode.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
317/316

warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":btsSector
Go
BtsSector
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":circuitPackSe
lector
Go
CircuitPac
kSelector
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":circuitPac
kType
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
CircuitPac
kType
ControlSta
tus
Go
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<ENUMERATED=stationUnitS
haring=0
sector1=1
sector2=2
sector3=3
sector4=4
sector5=5
sector6=6>
<ENUMERATED=dummy=0
controlProcessor=1
switch=2 ater=3 abis=4>
<PrintableString>

a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
This attribute gives the sector

identity of a replaceable item. The
sector identity of a replaceable
item common to multi sectors is set
to NULL.
This attribute is used to display
all circuitPacks which belong to the
same selector. Four selectors are
offered to the user interface : the
switch, the control processor, the
abis and the ater interface.
the circuit pack.
reservedForTest=2

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
318/317

suspended=3> ...}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"E8ML":cpHwLogMappi
ng
Go
IntegerVal
ue
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":extendedOuter
Capability
Go
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EAML":mt120Capabil
ities
Go
Mt120CapOr
Unknown
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"X.721":operational
State
"EML":relatedFuncti
onList
"E9ML":relatedTRXLi
st
Go
Operationa
lState
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":replaceabl
e
Go
Replaceabl
e
<ENUMERATED=yes=0
notapplicable=2>
"EML":alcatelC
"M.3100":serialNumb
Go
SerialNumb
<GraphicString>
Go
Go
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<BOOLEAN>
capability:{tfoForAmrNbC
ap
<BOOLEAN>,
amrWbWithTfoCap
<BOOLEAN>}
|
unknown:<NULL>
enabled=1>
no=1

of the CP-LOG SBL mapped on this CPHW board. For the spare CP-HW board,
the value of this parameter is
dummy.

the capability of the carrier unit
to manage outer cell.
This attribute gives the specific
capabilities of the MT120 in term of
Codec : AMR-WB, AMR-NB and TFO
mechanism:TFO-WB,TFO-NB.

This attribute associates a TRE
circuitPack instance to a list of
TRX functional entities represented
by
convention
by
an
alcatelBasebandTransceiver instance.
A
alcatelBasebandtransceiver
'N'
identifies a TRX 'N'.
The
Replaceable
attribute
type
indicates whether the associated
managed object is replaceable or
non-replaceable.
The serial number attribute type

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
319/319

ircuitPack
er
er
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":slotNumber
Go
SlotNumber
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"EML":supervisionAc
tionList
Go
Supervisio
nActionLis
t
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":supportedB
yObjectList
GR
AR
ObjectList
{<ENUMERATED=changeAdmin
StateAction=1
changeX25AdminState=2
changeDiscAdminState=3
changeClockAdminState=4
changeFhuAdminState=5
resetAterCTP=6
trigReset=7
trigRestart=8 trigTest=9
trigVerify=10
shutdown=11> ...}
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"E9ML":twoTreSuppor
t
Go
TwoTreSupp
ort
"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"COML":unAcknowledg
edAlarm
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<ENUMERATED=none=0 halfcabled=1
both-partscabled=2>
<BOOLEAN>
identifies the serial number of the

physical resource.
This attribute indicates the slot
number of the alcatelCircuitPack
instance.
supervision actions allowed for the
alcatelCircuitPack.

attribute
type
whose
value
which
are
capable
of
directly
the
necessary
level
of
detail
object
instances
supporting
the
empty set.
Capabilities of a Twin module per
TRE: 2 TRE Support.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence
of
some
alarms
not

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
320/319

"EML":alcatelC
ircuitPack
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"M.3100":aTPInstance
Go
RelatedObj
ectInstanc
e
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
GR
PointerOrN
ull
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"EML":connectionTyp
e
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
Go
BssConnect
ionType
{interfaceType
<ENUMERATED=abis=0
aterMux=1>, topologyInfo
<ENUMERATED=dummy=0
normal=1
loopback=2
interBTS=3>}
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"M.3100":directiona
lity
Go
Directiona
lity
<ENUMERATED=unidirection
al=0 bidirectional=1>
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"X.721":operational
State
"CEML":relatedSigna
llingList
Go
Operationa
lState
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
enabled=1>
Go
AR
attribute
otherwise
all
active
operator.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
The A
Termination
Point
Instance
attribute type identifies one of the
two
termination
points
of
an
instance of the connectivity object
class or one of its sub-classes.

This attribute is used to represent
a characteristic inherited from the
topology of the Abis interface. The
value normal is used for a single
drop, the primary direction of aring
multidrop, andachain multidrop. The
value interBts is used for the 2MB
trunk which connects two BTSs. The
value
dummy
is
used
when
the
topology is unknown or for the A
interface.
The Directionality attribute type
specifies whether the associated
managed object is uni
- or bi-directional.
points
onto
the
list
of
Abis
Interface,
this
attribute
points
onto
the
list
of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
321/320

"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"EML":relatedTPs
Go
Connectivi
tyPointer
none:<NULL>
|
|
tance> ...}
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelC
onnectionR1
"M.3100":zTPInstance
Go
RelatedObj
ectInstanc
e
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EBML":abisChainPos
itionNumber
"EBML":broadcastAdd
ress
"EAML":dhcpClientId
entifier
"EBML":dhcpClientIp
Address
"EBML":dhcpClientTy
pe
"EBML":dhcpLeaseTim
e
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
Go
IpAddressS
tr
OctetStrin
g
IpAddressS
tr
DhcpClient
Type
Number
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EBML":gatewayAddre
ss
"EBML":relatedAlcat
elBtsSiteManage
"EBML":relatedAlcat
elAbisChainRing
Go
Go
Go
Go
Go
<OCTET-STRING>
<GraphicString>
<ENUMERATED=btsPlaceHold
er=1>
<INTEGER>
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
alcatelLapdLink
instances
This
attribute
points
to
corresponding
managed
object
instances representing termination
points, possibly in addition to
those pointed to by other (standard)
attributes.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
The Z-Termination Point Instance
attribute type identifies one of the
two
termination
points
of
an
instance of the connectivity object
class.
This attribute indicates the Abis
chain position number.
This
attribute
indicates
the
broadcast address.
This attribute describes the DHCP
client identifier.
This attribute indicates the IP
address of a BTS placeholder.
This attribute indicates the DHCP
Client type.
This attribute defines how long a
dynamic IP address is allocated to a
BTS NEM.
This attribute indicates the gateway
address.
Go
Go

attribute
from
an
and
to
an

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
322/321

"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelD
hcpClient
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EBML":subnetAddres
s
"EBML":subnetMask
Go
"E8ML":activeStandb
yMode
Go
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
Go
IpAddressS
tr
IpAddressS
tr
ActiveStan
dbyMode
<GraphicString>
<GraphicString>
<ENUMERATED=active=0
standby=1 unknown=255>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
This attribute indicates the subnet
address.
This attribute indicates the subnet
mask.
board (OMCP, CCP, TP, MUX) working
in active/standby mode which is the
current mode.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
323/322

reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
unknown:<NULL>
|
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"E9ML":fourRxDivSup
port
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EML":functionType
Go
FunctionTy
pe
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"X.721":operational
State
"EML":relatedBtsSec
tor
"EML":relatedCircui
tPackList
Go
Operationa
lState
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
enabled=1>
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EML":relatedTRX
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EML":supervisionAc
tionList
Go
Supervisio
nActionLis
t
{<ENUMERATED=changeAdmin
StateAction=1
changeX25AdminState=2
changeDiscAdminState=3
changeClockAdminState=4
changeFhuAdminState=5
resetAterCTP=6
trigReset=7
Go
Go


TRE: 4Rx Diversity.
This attribute contains the function
(=SBL) type as retrieved from the
BSC.
instance of alcatelBts-Sector.
This attribute is a pointer to a
list of the circuit packs related to
the Managed Object Instance.
This attribute associates a FU, CU,
TRE circuitPack instance to a TRX
functional entity represented by
convention
by
an
A
'N'
identifies aTRX 'N'.
supervision actions allowed for the
alcatelCircuitPack.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
324/324

"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"EBML":supportedPow
erBudget
"E9ML":twinMcConfig
uration
Go
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"E9ML":twoTreSuppor
t
Go
TwoTreSupp
ort
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"E9ML":txDivCapabil
ity
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
trigRestart=8 trigTest=9
trigVerify=10
shutdown=11> ...}
unknown:<NULL>
|
dBm:<INTEGER>
<ENUMERATED=twoTre=0
oneTreNoTxDiv=1
oneTreTxDiv=2 threeTre=3
fourTre=4
fiveTre=5
sixTre=6>
<ENUMERATED=none=0 halfcabled=1
both-partscabled=2>
unknown:<NULL>
|
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"E9ML":txDivUsage
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelF
unction
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EAML":btsFirstNtpS
erverAddress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EAML":btsSecondNtp
ServerAddress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"E8ML":cbcRouterPri
maryIPAddress
GR
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"E8ML":cbcRouterSec
ondaryIPAddress
GR
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EAML":e1SubnetMask
Go
<GraphicString>
"EAML":e1SubnetStar
tAddress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
IpAddressS
tr
Go
BtsTxPower
Level
TwinMcConf
iguration
<GraphicString>
This attribute allows Twin TRE and

MC-module remote configuration on
OMC request.
TRE: 2 TRE Support.
TRE: tx Diversity.
TRE: tx Diversity usage.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute indicates the address
of the first NTP server managing the
clock of the IP BTS.
This attribute indicates the address
of the second NTP server managing
the clock of the IP BTS.
This attribute indicates the primary
IP to address the XOT stack used in
the context of IP data communication
with the CBC (router).
This
attribute
indicates
the
secondary IP to address the XOT
stack used in the context of IP data
communication with the CBC (router).
This attribute describes the subnet
mask of all E1 subnets.
This attribute describes the IP
address of the first E1 subnet.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
325/325

"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"E8ML":ipLinkIpAddr
ess
"E8ML":ipLinkType
Go
Go
IpAddressS
tr
IPLinkType
<GraphicString>
<ENUMERATED=bsc=1
preferredOmc=2
secondaryOmc=3
cbc=5>
<BOOLEAN>

address of the ipLink
the IP link.
ntp=4
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EBML":nemIpForward
InsideBts
GR
BooleanTyp
e
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EAML":oamSubnetMas
k
"CEML":pid
Go
GR
IpAddressS
tr
Pid
<OCTET-STRING>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"CEML":ssap
GR
Address
<OCTET-STRING>
"EAML":startOamIpAd
dress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EAML":startTelecom
IpAddress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EAML":telecomSubne
tMask
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
PLink
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"CEML":tsap
GR
Address
<OCTET-STRING>
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
<GraphicString>
This attribute indicates if the BTS

is able to forward the IP traffic of
the PC locally connected (BTS NEM)
to/from the IP network.
This attribute gives the external IP
O&M subnet mask of the BSC.
This attribute indicates a protocol
identifier. It is used to route
incoming X.25 calls to the right
transport layer in the A1353 RA.
This attribute indicates a Session
Service Access Point.
This attribute gives the O&M IP
starting address of the BSC. The IP
addresses of all O&M hosts (OMCP
active, OMCP1, OMCP2, External alarm
box) of the BSC are deduced from
this starting address.
This attribute gives the first IP
address for the range of telecom
addresses shown to the external
world. The BSC deduces every address
of its telecom endpoint from this
base address.
This attribute gives the mask of the
subnet where is allocated the range
of BSC addresses used for telecom
protocols.
This attribute indicates a Transport
This
attribute
indicates
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
326/326

"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EAML":ipPeerType
Go
IpPeerType
"EAML":mfsGpu
GR
MfsGpu
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EAML":ownIpAddress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EAML":ownPortNumbe
r
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EML":relatedFuncti
onList
"EAML":remoteIpAddr
ess
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
IpAddressS
tr
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EML":alcatelI
"EBML":remoteNeId
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EAML":remotePortNu
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
<ENUMERATED=tcsl=1 gsl=2
asl=3>
unknown:<NULL>
|
mfsGpuID:
<GraphicString>

OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.
the IP peer.
This
attribute
indicates
a
corresponding GPU termination point
of an MFS NE.
address on the BSC side of an IP
peer.
This attribute indicates the port
number on the BSC side of an IP
peer.
address on the TC or MFS side of an
IP peer.
address of a SCTP endpoint.
This attribute indicates the port

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
327/326

pPeer
mber
"EML":alcatelI
pPeer
"EBML":remoteSecond
aryIpAddress
Go
IpAddressS
tr
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"A12.20":abisSigCha
nnel
Go
AbisChanne
l
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
GR
PointerOrN
ull
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
{bsctimeslot
{timeslot
{pcm
<INTEGER>,
tsl
<INTEGER>},
[subslot
<INTEGER>]},
[btstimeslot
{timeslot
{pcm
<INTEGER>,
tsl
<INTEGER>},
[subslot
<INTEGER>]}]}
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelL
"X.721":availabilit
Go
Availabili
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
number on the TC or MFS side of an

IP peer.
This
attribute
indicates
the
secondary
address
of
a
SCTP
endpoint.
The
abisSigChannel
attribute
identifies the PCM time slot and
optional subslot allocated for a
LapD link at the Abis interface.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
328/327

apdLink
yStatus
tyStatus
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<ENUMERATED=cs1Only=0
cs1cs2=1
cs1cs4=2
cs1cs4Mcs1Mcs9=3
noGprs=4 unknown=255>
unknown:<NULL>
|
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"E8ML":eGprsHWCapab
ility
Go
EGprsHWCap
ability
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"E8ML":eightPskHpCa
pability
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"CMB":frequencyRang
e
Go
FrequencyR
ange
<ENUMERATED=p-gsm=0
dcs1800=1
e-gsm=2
gsm850=6
gan=7>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":lapdLinkUsage
Go
LapdLinkUs
age
<ENUMERATED=om=1
gsl=3>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"E8ML":modulationDe
ltaPower
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
rsl=2

This
attribute
indicates
the
GPRS/EGPRS HW capability of the TRE
(in terms of coding scheme).
This attribute indicates the 8 Phase
Shift Keying (PSK) High Power (HP)
capability of a TRE.
This
attribute
indicates
the
corresponding
MOI.
If
the
MOI
This attribute contains the usage of
the lapdlink : At the Abis interface
(OML, RSL) At the Ater interface
(GSL).
This
attribute
indicates
the
Modulation
Delta
Power
(MDP)
reported by the BTS for a TRE.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
329/329

"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"X.721":operational
State
"EML":pcmTimeslotNu
mber
"CEML":related2MbTT
P
Go
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":relatedBtsSec
tor
"GSM
12.20":relatedGSMEq
uipment
Go
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":relatedTRX
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
GR
Go
Operationa
lState
TimeslotNu
mber
RelatedGSM
Object
enabled=1>
<INTEGER>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"GSM 12.20":sapi
Go
SAPI
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"COML":speechCoding
Rate
Go
SpeechCodi
ngRate
<ENUMERATED=fullRate=0
multiRate=1>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"GSM 12.20":tei
GR
TEI
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"E8ML":twoAbisHwCap
ability
"COML":unAcknowledg
edAlarm
Go
BooleanOrU
nknown
BooleanTyp
e
unknown:<NULL>
boolean:<BOOLEAN>
<BOOLEAN>
Go
AR
Go
This attribute contains the PCM

timeslot number of the 2MB trunk.
When used on a alcatelSingLinkN7
instance,this attribute is a pointer
to an Ater alcatel2MbTTP instance
termination point of the BSC.
instance of alcatelBts-Sector.
This
attribute
represents
the
relationship
between
the
GSM
functionality
and
the
required
equipment
which
supports
that
functionality.
This attribute associates a FU, CU,
TRE circuitPack instance to a TRX
functional entity represented by
convention
by
an
A
'N'
identifies aTRX 'N'.
The sapi attribute contains the
Service
Access
Point
Identifier
corresponding
to
the
lapdLink
and CCITT Q.921.
This attribute is used to know if
the BTS is configured to perform
full rate of multi rate.
The
tei
attribute
contains
the
Terminal
Endpoint
Identifier
corresponding
to
the
lapdLink
and CCITT Q.921.
This attribute indicates the BTS HW
capability to support 2 Abis.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence
of
some
alarms
not

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
330/330


attribute
otherwise
all
active
operator.
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"EML":alcatelL
apdLink
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"M.3100":userLabel
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"CMB":aCmbCommercia
lUse
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"EML":aManagedEleme
ntReservedForTest
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
BooleanTyp
e
Administra
tiveState
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
GR
PointerOrN
ull
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
Go
GR
Go
UnknownSta
tus
UserLabel
<BOOLEAN>
<GraphicString>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
equipment
is
in
commercial
use
This attribute is managed during a
start or a stop BSS alarm handling.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
331/330

"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"CMB":alignmentStat
us
Go
AlignmentS
tatusType
aligningDown=1
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"COML":alignmentSta
tusCause
Go
AlcatelErr
orInfoList
{{errorOriginator
mfs=3>,
omcError
{component
<ENUMERATED=bssim=1
mfsim=5>,
errorCode
<INTEGER>,
{integer:<INTEGER>
|
...}],
This
attribute
indicates
the
OMC3).
The
semantics
of
the
upwards
data
comparison
is
in
progress
progress
failed.
If
the
alignmentStatus
is

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
332/331

"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"GSM
12.20":equipmentTyp
Go
EquipmentT
ype
ion
{{xidentifier
information
<ANY>}
...}],
on
{{attribute
{attributeId
<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>,
attributeValue
<ANY>},
attributeError
<INTEGER>}
...}]},
information
<ANY>}
...}]} ...}
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<GraphicString>

This attribute is intended to allow

various types of equipment to be

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
333/333

"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
e
"X.721":operational
State
"EML":relatedAbisCh
ainRing
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"M.3100":replaceabl
e
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
distinguished.
Go
Operationa
lState
RelatedGSM
Object
enabled=1>
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
Go
Replaceabl
e
<ENUMERATED=yes=0
notapplicable=2>
"M.3100":serialNumb
er
Go
SerialNumb
er
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"M.3100":supportedB
yObjectList
Go
ObjectList
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"COML":unAcknowledg
edAlarm
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelM
"X.721":unknownStat
Go
UnknownSta
<BOOLEAN>
Go
no=1

attribute
from
an
and
to
an
The
Replaceable
attribute
type
non-replaceable.
physical resource.
attribute
type
whose
value
which
are
capable
of
directly
the
necessary
level
of
detail
object
instances
supporting
the
empty set.
This
attribute
indicates
the
presence
of
some
alarms
not
attribute
otherwise
all
active
operator.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
334/333

anagedElement
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
us
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
tus
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElement
"EML":userMemo
GR
UserMemo
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":abisTrunksAla
rmStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":ach-Nbr
Go
AchNbr
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
<INTEGER>
"EML":achAlarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute allows the user to
enter a free text associated to the
selected managed object.
This attribute defines the alarm
status
synthesis
of
the
abis
alcatel2MbTTP instances.
This attribute gives the number of A
traffic channel instances.
This attribute makes the synthesis
of the alarmStatus of all the ACH
defined in the BSS.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
335/335

"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"COML":alarmsAcknow
ledgementSynthesis
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":aterAlarmStat
us
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":aterTrunksAla
rmStatus
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"CAML":bssTotalSdhL
inks
Go
Number
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
<INTEGER>
"EML":btsAlarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"E7ML":cRC4
Go
BooleanTyp
e
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
<BOOLEAN>
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
alarms
that
are
considered
to
compute
the
attribute value).
status
synthesis
of
the
ater
alcatel2MbTTP instances.
status
synthesis
of
the
ater
alcatelConnectionR1 instances.
This attribute indicates the total
number of Sdh links.

not the CRC4 check is enabled on the
Ater interface.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
336/335

major=4
critical=5
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":dtc-Nbr
Go
DTCNbr
"EAML":mtpSequenceN
umberFormat
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"E8ML":nbrDynSDCCHP
erTCU
Go
NbrSDCCHPe
rTCU
{<INTEGER> ...}
"E8ML":nbrStaticSDC
CHPerTCU
Go
NbrSDCCHPe
rTCU
{<INTEGER> ...}
"X.721":operational
State
Go
Operationa
lState
enabled=1>
"COML":preferredOMC
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"X.721":proceduralS
tatus
Go
Procedural
Status
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"COML":reservationF
lag
GR
Reservatio
nFlag
Required=0
notInitialized=1
initializing=2
reporting=3
terminating=4> ...}
<ENUMERATED=no=0
warning=1 yes=2>

DTC alcatelCircuitPack instances.
This attribute defines the format to
be used for the sequence number of
MTP2.
of dynamic SDCCH per TCU.
of static SDCCH per TCU.
This attribute indicates if the OMC

is declared as preferred OMC for the
BSS.
This attribute is used to indicate

if software replacement activities
impacting the DLS are ongoing. The
possible values are:
- 'yes': this indicates that a MLU
session is ongoing on the BSS and no
action modifying the DLS can be
started,
especially
software
replacement.
- 'warning': this indicates that a
software
replacement
operation
impacting the DLS is ongoing. All
actions modifying the DLS shall be
confirmed.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
337/337

"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":reservingStat
e
Go
ReservingS
tate
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"COML":satelliteOrT
errestrialConnectio
nType
Go
AConnectio
nType
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"X.721":systemTitle
Go
SystemTitl
e
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
"EAML":tcLinks
GR
TcLinks
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
tryingToReserveSWDownloa
d=1
tryingToReserveDeleteBTS
orSector=2
tryingToReserveRemoveBSS
=3
tryingToReserveDiscoverB
SS=4
tryingToReserveDeclareBS
S=5
tryingToReserveX25Modifi
cation=6
tryingToReserveDLSBackup
=7
tryingToReserveModifyBTS
orSector=8 sWDownload=9
deleteBTSorSectorRunning
=10 removeBSSRunning=11
discoverBSSRunning=12
declareBSSRunning=13
sWActivate=14
sWReject=15
logicalAudit=16
x25Modification=17
dLSBackup=18
modifyBTSorSectorRunning
=19>
<ENUMERATED=terrestrial=
1 satellite=2>
distinguishedName:<RDNSe
quence> | oid:<OBJECTIDENTIFIER>
|
nothing:<NULL>
{{ipAddress
<GraphicString>,
name
'no'
is
the
value
of
this
attribute otherwise.
This attribute is used to hold the
state of the reservation of the BSS
NE to avoid conflict between BSS
Level
and
Radio
Network
Level
operations.
This
attribute
indicates
the
physical connection type per Abis or
for all Ater : terrestrial or
satellite.
This attribute
linked TCs.
gives
the
list
of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
338/337

omplex
<GraphicString>,
rackNumber
<INTEGER>}
...}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelM
anagedElementC
omplex
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"E7ML":trauLoudness
DL
Go
IntegerVal
ue
"E7ML":trauLoudness
UL
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"X.721":unknownStat
us
Go
UnknownSta
tus
<BOOLEAN>
"X.721":usageState
Go
UsageState
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
active=1 busy=2>
"EML":userMemo
GR
UserMemo
<GraphicString>
"M.3100":vendorName
Go
VendorName
<GraphicString>
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
This attribute indicates the speech

volume for the downlink direction.
This attribute indicates the speech
volume for the uplink direction.
This attribute allows the user to

enter a free text associated to the
selected managed object.
The
Vendor
Name
attribute
type
identifies
the
vendor
of
the

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
339/339

"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"COML":bS-TXPWRMAX-Reference
Go
BtsTxPower
Level
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"COML":boosterEquip
ped
Go
Booster
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"GSM
12.20":carrierFrequ
encyList
GR
CarrierFre
quencyList
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"CMB":frequencyRang
e
Go
FrequencyR
ange
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
unknown:<NULL>
|
dBm:<INTEGER>
<ENUMERATED=withoutBoost
er=0
withBooster=1
unknown=255>
{<INTEGER> ...}
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
<ENUMERATED=p-gsm=0
dcs1800=1
e-gsm=2
gsm850=6

power
output
garanted
by
the
hardware at the output of the BTS
combiner.
This attribute defines the presence
of a booster associated to a carrier
unit.
This attribute is used to assign a
set of (possibly one) constant radio
frequencies
to
a
radioCarrier
object. In a fixed frequency or
baseband hopping system, the set
will
contain
only
one
single
frequency. In case of a synthesizer
hopping system, the set will contain
all
frequencies
the
carrier
is
allowed to use. This set of radio
frequencies must be included in the
allowed
radio
frequency
values
specified
by
the
cellAllocation
attribute of the containing bts
object instance.
This
attribute
indicates
the
corresponding
MOI.
If
the
MOI

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
340/339

gan=7>

identifies
a
location
where
an
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"X.721":operational
State
"GSM
12.20":powerClass
Go
Operationa
lState
PowerClass
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"GSM
12.20":relatedGSMEq
uipment
GR
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=powerClass1=
1
powerClass2=2
powerClass3=3
powerClass4=4
powerClass5=5
powerClass6=6
powerClass7=7
powerClass8=8>
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"E9ML":treGmskCapab
ility
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"E9ML":tre8pskCapab
ility
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"EBML":treCiphCapIp
Go
TreCiphCap
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"EBML":treCiphCapTd
m
Go
TreCiphCap
{noCiph <BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>}
{noCiph <BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
Go
a51
a52
a53
a54
a55
a56
a57
a51
a52
a53
a54
a55
This attribute indicates the power

class (max peak power) of the
transmitter. For further details
refer to Specification GSM 05.05.
This
attribute
represents
the
relationship
between
the
GSM
functionality
and
the
required
equipment
which
supports
that
functionality.
This attribute contains gives the
GMSK power level that a TRE is
capable to emit.
This attribute contains gives the
8PSK power level that a TRE is
capable to emit.
This
attribute
indicates
the
ciphering algorithms supported by
the TRE in IP mode.
This
attribute
indicates
the
ciphering algorithms supported by
the TRE in TDM mode.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
341/340

"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"GSM
12.20":txPwrMaxRedu
ction
Go
TxPwrMaxRe
duction
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"EML":alcatelR
adioCarrier
"X.721":unknownStat
us
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UnknownSta
tus
UserLabel
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
GR
PointerOrN
ull
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
Go
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>,
<BOOLEAN>}
<INTEGER>
a56
a57
of 2 dB steps the TX should be
reduced from the maximum transmit
power, for tuning the cell coverage.
The resulting attenuated transmit
power is the maximum nominal power
Pn. See Specifications GSM 05.05,
GSM 05.08, and 08.58.
<BOOLEAN>
<GraphicString>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
342/342

"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"X.721":controlStat
us
Go
ControlSta
tus
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"Q.751.1":currentCa
pacitySL
Go
CapacityLi
nk
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"Q.751.1":linkTPSta
tus
Go
LinkTPStat
us
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"Q.751.1":maxCapaci
tySL
"Q.751.1":mtpL2Prot
ocolProfilePointer
"X.721":operational
State
"EML":pcmTimeslotNu
mber
Go
CapacityLi
nk
Pointer
Go
Go
Go
Operationa
lState
TimeslotNu
mber
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
reservedForTest=2
suspended=3> ...}
<INTEGER>
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<BITSTRING=localBlocked=0
remoteBlocked=1
localInhibited=2
remoteInhibited=3
failed=4 deactivated=5>
This
attribute
represents
the
current capacity of a signalling
link.
The linkTpStatus contains the SS No.

7 functional statuses as described
in Recommendation Q.704. Possible
states indicated are local blocked,
remote blocked, local inhibited,
remote
inhibited,
failed
and
deactivated.
<INTEGER>
<ObjectInstance>
enabled=1>
<INTEGER>
Identifies
instance.
an
mtpL2ProtocolProfile
This attribute contains the PCM

timeslot number of the 2MB trunk.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
343/342

"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"X.721":proceduralS
tatus
Go
Procedural
Status
Required=0
notInitialized=1
initializing=2
reporting=3
terminating=4> ...}
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"CEML":related2MbTT
P
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"Q.751.1":signDataL
inkTpPointer
Go
Pointer
<ObjectInstance>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"Q.751.1":signTermP
ointer
"Q.751.1":slsCodeCu
rrentList
Go
Pointer
<ObjectInstance>
Go
SLSCodeCur
rentList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"M.3100":supportedB
yObjectList
Go
AR
ObjectList
When used on a alcatelSingLinkN7

instance,this attribute is a pointer
to an Ater alcatel2MbTTP instance
termination point of the BSC.
This
attribute
references
a
particular signDataLinkTp instance.
The following restriction applies to
this attribute: modification is only
allowed if the administrative state
of the instance that contains this
attribute is 'locked'.
This
attribute
identifies
a
particular signTerm instance.
This attribute indicates, which SLSs
are
currently
assigned
to
this
signLinkTp. It has to be ensured,
that all SLSs are covered and no SLS
exists more than one time within the
slsCodeCurrentList attributes of the
signLinkTp
instances
contained
within
one
signLinkSetTp.
The
content of this attribute can be
different from that of the attribute
slsCodeNormalList.
This
attribute
can be changed from system inside.
attribute
type
whose
value
which
are
capable
of
directly

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
344/344

the
necessary
level
of
detail
object
instances
supporting
the
empty set.
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkN7
"X.721":usageState
Go
UsageState
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
active=1 busy=2>
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"Q.751.1":adjPc
Go
PointCode
<INTEGER>
"X.721":administrat
iveState
Go
Administra
tiveState
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
GR
PointerOrN
ull
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelS
"X.721":availabilit
Go
Availabili
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute represents the point
code of an adjacent SP.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
345/344

ignLinkSetTp
yStatus
tyStatus
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<ENUMERATED=unknown=0
ccmQ704International=1
ccmQ704NationalWithPrio=
2
ccmQ704NationalNoPrioBuf
ferMechanism=3
ccmQ704NationalNoPrioTim
erMechanism=4>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"Q.751.1":congestio
nControlMethod
Go
Congestion
ControlMet
hod
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"Q.751.1":currentCa
pacityLS
Go
CapacityLS
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"Q.751.1":maxCapaci
tyLS
"EBML":minimumActiv
eAsl
Go
CapacityLS
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
<INTEGER>
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EBML":mscCnId
Go
Number
<INTEGER>
This
attribute
reflects
congestion
control
method
within a signalling point.
the
used
This
attribute
represents
the
current capacity of a signalling
link set.

number of active IP server process
(IPSP) in the MSC server required to
handle the traffic with the MSC.
This attribute indicates, within a
given
PLMN,
the
Core
Network
Identifier. It is part of the Global
Core Network Identifier, defined in
3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id),
which uniquely identifies a MSC for
the Aflex feature. is a pointer to
an instance of alcatelAbisChainRing.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
346/346

"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EBML":mscOffloadSt
ate
Go
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EBML":mscTrafficMo
de
Go
MscTraffic
Mode
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EBML":mscWeight
Go
Number
<ENUMERATED=loadSharing=
0
override=1
broadcast=2>
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EBML":nriList
Go
NriList
{<INTEGER> ...}
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"X.721":operational
State
"Q.751.1":periodicL
inkTestFlag
Go
Operationa
lState
PeriodicLi
nkTestFlag
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=on=0 off=1>
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"E8ML":relatedChild
renFunctions
"C7ML":supportedOwn
MCC
Go
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
MobileCoun
tryCode
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"C7ML":supportedOwn
MNC
Go
MobileNetw
orkCode
<OCTET-STRING>
Go
Go
<OCTET-STRING>
This attribute indicates the state

assigned to a given MSC, connected
to the BSC (Aflex feature), for the
load redistribution function. That
function removes the off loaded MSC
from the list of candidate MSCs on
BSS side.
This attribute indicates the traffic
mode of the MSC server.
This
attribute
indicates
weight
assigned to a MSC, connected to the
BSC (Aflex feature), for the load
balancing function. A high value is
to be associated to a high capacity
MSC.
This attribute indicates a list of
the Network Resource Identifiers,
associated to a given MSC, connected
to the BSC (Aflex feature). Up to 8
NRIs can be defined per MSC (and at
least one). The NRI is part of the
temporary identity TMSI, which is
assigned by the serving MSC to the
MS. The BSC derives the NRI from any
Initial layer 3 message, in order to
identify the serving MSC.
periodical
signalling
link
test
procedure of Recommendation Q.707 is
applied to a link set.
Country
Code
supported
by
the
corresponding BSC.
Network
Code
supported
by
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
347/347

corresponding BSC.
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"EML":alcatelS
ignLinkSetTp
"X.721":usageState
Go
UsageState
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"EAML":communicatio
nPath
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
Communicat
ionPath
LocationNa
me
<ENUMERATED=green=0
red=1>
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"EAML":sdhCapabilit
y
"EAML":sdhLink
Go
BooleanTyp
e
SdhLinkSta
tusList
<BOOLEAN>
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"EAML":securityExpi
rationPeriod
GR
Number
{{linkNumber <INTEGER>,
declared <BOOLEAN>, used
<BOOLEAN>} ...}
<INTEGER>
"EML":alcatelT
"EAML":securityProf
GR
SecurityPr
<ENUMERATED=none=1
GR
Go
<ENUMERATED=idle=0
active=1 busy=2>
<GraphicString>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
This attribute is used to mark
communication failure.
identifies
a
location
where
an
NE is able to support SDH links.
of each SDH link, if sdhCapability
is set on TRUE.
which
the
security
profile
is
updated.
This
attribute
indicates
the

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
348/347

cRackManager
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
ile
"EAML":tcControlIpA
ddress
Go
ofile
IpAddressS
tr
static=2 dynamic=3>
<GraphicString>
"EML":alcatelT
cRackManager
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"CEML":pid
GR
Pid
<OCTET-STRING>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":primaryNsap
Go
Address
<OCTET-STRING>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":secondaryNsa
p
Go
Address
<OCTET-STRING>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"CEML":ssap
GR
Address
<OCTET-STRING>
"CEML":tsap
GR
Address
<OCTET-STRING>
"E6ML":window-RFHFTAM
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25FrameTimer
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-L2Window-Size
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
security profile.
address of the TC as seen from the
OMC.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute indicates a protocol
identifier. It is used to route
incoming X.25 calls to the right
transport layer in the A1353 RA.
NSAP to address the OSI stack used
in
the
context
of
X.25
data
communications.
This
attribute
indicates
the
secondary NSAP to address the OSI
stack used in the context of X.25
data communications.
This attribute indicates a Session
This attribute indicates a Transport
size of the local interface in the
BSC for control between RFH (Remote
File Handler) and FTAM to avoid
message queuing.
This attribute contains a timer. At
the
expiry
of
this
timer,
retransmission of an X.25 frame may
be initiated. It corresponds to
timer
T1
in
the
ITU-T
X.25
Recommendation.
of the Layer 2 window size for X.25
calls. This is the maximum number of
outstanding I frames at any given
time (k parameter in the ITU-T X.25
Recommendation.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
349/348

"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-L3Window-Size-Recept
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-L3Window-Size-Trans
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-Max-IFrame-Size
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-Max-NbRetrans
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-Max-NbSimult-VCalls
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-PacketSize-Recept
"E6ML":x25-PacketSize-Trans
"E6ML":x25Thrghput-Cl-Nego
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
Number
<INTEGER>
GR
BooleanTyp
e
<BOOLEAN>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25Throughput-ClassRecept
GR
X25Through
putClass
<ENUMERATED=tc-75=3 tc150=4 tc-300=5 tc-600=6

tc-1200=7 tc-2400=8 tc4800=9
tc-9600=10
tc-

number of bytes in an L3 frame for
reception.
number of bytes in an L3 frame for
transmission.
number of bytes in an L3 frame. It
may take the following values:
- 4 for a frame size of 19 bytes
(i.e. frame size = 2**n+3 bytes
except for 13).
number of attempts made to complete
a successful transmission of a layer
2
frame
(N2
parameter
in
Recommendation ITU-T X.25).
number
of
simultaneous
Virtual
Calls.
This attribute indicates the size of
the X.25 packets for reception.
This attribute indicates the size of
the X.25 packets for transmission.
throughput
class
negotiation
facility has been suscribed or not.
for the Layer 3 throughput class for
reception of X.25 calls.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
350/350

19200=11 tc-48000=12 tc64000=13

tc-128000=14
tc-192000=15>
<ENUMERATED=tc-75=3 tc150=4 tc-300=5 tc-600=6
tc-1200=7 tc-2400=8 tc4800=9
tc-9600=10
tc19200=11 tc-48000=12 tc64000=13
tc-128000=14
tc-192000=15>
<INTEGER>
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25Throughput-ClassTrans
GR
X25Through
putClass
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":alcatel
X25Link
"E6ML":x25-VirtualCirc-Nb
"E6ML":x25LinkType
GR
Number
Go
X25LinkTyp
e
"NMD":networkE
lement
"M.3100":locationNa
me
Go
LocationNa
me
"NMD":networkE
lement
"NMD":networkE
lement
"NMD":networkE
lement
"NMD":networkE
lement
"COML":mfsGeneratio
n
"NMD":neRelease
GR
MfsGenerat
ion
<GraphicString>
GR
"NMD":neType
Go
"COML":networkAddre
ss
GR
Presentati
onAddress
"NMD":networkE
lement
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
{[pSelector
<OCTETSTRING>],
[sSelector
<OCTET-STRING>],
[tSelector
<OCTETSTRING>],
nAddresses
{<OCTET-STRING> ...}}
<GraphicString>
"AGFR":aGprsBe
arerChannel
"AGFR":aGprsFrCapac
ity
Go
AGprsFrCap
acity
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsBe
arerChannel
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
Go
PointerOrN
ull
| null:<NULL>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
indicates
the
physical access rate of the Frame
Relay bearer channel.
Go
AlarmStatu
"AGFR":aGprsBe
<ENUMERATED=bsc=1
preferredOmc=2
secondaryOmc=3 cbc=4>
<GraphicString>

for the Layer 3 throughput class for
transmission of X.25 calls.

of X.25 Virtual Circuits.
the X.25 link.
identifies
a
location
where
an
This attribute indicates the MFS
generation.
This attribute indicates the release
of the corresponding NE.
the corresponding NE.
This attribute can be replaced by
the managing system only if the
supervisionState attribute of the
supervisionCoordinator
holds
the
value 'declared'.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
351/351

arerChannel
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"AGFR":aGprsBe
arerChannel
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
Operationa
lState
UserLabel
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
enabled=1>
<GraphicString>
"AGFR":aGprsBe
arerChannel
"AGFR":aGprsBe
arerChannel
"AGFR":aGprsBe
arerChannel
GR
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
352/351

"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsCbs
GR
AGprsBurst
Size
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsCir
GR
AGprsCir
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsEbs
GR
AGprsBurst
Size
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsLevel1d
own
Go
AGprsLevel
1
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsLevel1f
actor
"AGFR":aGprsLevel1u
p
Go
AGprsLevel
1factor
AGprsLevel
1
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsNir
GR
AGprsNir
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsTStopFr
Emission
Go
L3Timer
<INTEGER>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
PointerOrN
ull
| null:<NULL>
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
Go
<INTEGER>

amount of data (in number of octets)
that the network agrees to transfer,
under normal conditions, over a
measurement interval (T).
This
attribute
indicates
the
information transfer rate which the
network is committed to transfer
under normal conditions.
amount
of
uncommitted
data
(in
number of octets) that the network
will
attempt
to
deliver
over
measurement interval (T).
This attribute indicates the lowest
value for the level1 congestion
level.
to dimension buffer storage of PDUs.
value for the level1 congestion
level.
This attribute indicates the normal
information transfer rate.
This attribute is a timer used to
trigger restart of emission on a PVC
(Frame Relay).
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
353/353


(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"AGFR":aGprsPv
c
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
Operationa
lState
UserLabel
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"CMB":aCmbMultiplex
ingScheme
GR
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"AMFSME":aGprsCrc4S
tatus
Go
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"AMFSME":aGprsRemot
eEquipment
GR
GR
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
enabled=1>
<GraphicString>
ACmbMultip
lexingSche
me
AGprsCrc4S
tatus
<ENUMERATED=muxScheme41=2 unknown=255>
AGprsRemot
eEquipment
bsc:{bssFunctionId
<INTEGER>,
remoteAterMux2MbTTPId
enabled=1 unknown=2>

The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
defines
the
multiplexing
scheme
on
AterMux
interface.
of
CRC4
detection
on
the
corresponding TTP.
This
attribute
indicates
the
identity of the remote equipment
facing the MFS for the corresponding

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
354/353

"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"AMFSME":aGprsTsUse
d
Go
AGprsTsUse
d
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
PointerOrN
ull
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
numericName:<INTEGER> |
pString:<GraphicString>}
|
tc:{bssFunctionId
<INTEGER>,
|
sgsn:<NULL>
|
unknown:<NULL>
|
bscevolution:{bssFunctio
nId
<INTEGER>,
{<INTEGER> ...}
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
TTP.
This attribute either defines the

list of GPRS timeslots used on the
AterMux/Ater
facing
the
BSC
or
defines the list of timeslots used
on the Gb interface by configured
Bearer Channels facing the TC or
SGSN.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
355/354

(from
highest
to
lowest)
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"M.3100":crossConne
ctionObjectPointer
Go
CrossConne
ctionObjec
tPointer
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":supportedB
yObjectList
Go
Operationa
lState
ObjectList
Go
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
notConnected:<ObjectInst
ance>
|
connected:<ObjectInstanc
e>
|
multipleConnections:{dow
nstreamNotConnected:<Obj
ectInstance>
|
downstreamConnected:<Obj
ectInstance>
|
upstreamNotConnected:<Ob
jectInstance>
|
upstreamConnected:<Objec
tInstance> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
enabled=1>
is:
This attribute points to a managed

object such as a Cross-connection, a
GTP or a Fabric. When a termination
point
is
neither
connected
nor
reserved
for
connection,
its
crossConnectionObjectPointer points
to the Fabric object responsible for
its connection.


attribute
type
whose
value

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
356/355

"AMFSME":aGprs
2MbTTP
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprsGpuGb
IpAddress
"AMFSME":aGprsGpuGb
UdpPort
"AMFSME":aGprsIpGch
IpAddressMfs
Go
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprsIpGch
cBaseTcpPortMfs
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprsIpGch
uUdpPortMfs
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprsIpGsl
IpAddressMfs
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
Go
Go

which
are
capable
of
directly
the
necessary
level
of
detail
object
instances
supporting
the
empty set.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
<INTEGER>
<INTEGER>
(IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS)
Allow
to
display the IP address of the IPGCH
link used by a GPU on the MFS side.
(IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS) Base for the
TCP port number used by each GP
board
of
the
MFS
for
IPGCHC
protocol. This base is used to
define the TCP ports for each PTU
access. The same base is used by
each GP board (they have different
IP addresses to be distinguished).
(IPGCHU_UDP_PORT1_MFS) UDP port used
by the IPGCHU protocol on MFS side
by each GP board. The same UDP port
is used by each GP board (they have
different
IP
addresses
to
be
distinguished).
(IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS
(MFS))
IP
address of the IPGSL link on MFS
side.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
357/356

"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"AMFSME":aGprsIpGsl
TcpPortMfsSide
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
Go
PointerOrN
ull
| null:<NULL>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"AMFSME":aGprs
"M.3100":supportedB
Go
ObjectList
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
(IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS)) TCP

port number used by each GPU board
of the MFS for IPGSL interface. Each
GPU board uses the same TCP port
number (they can be distinguished by
their IP address).
the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
358/358

Fabric
yObjectList
"AMFSME":aGprs
Fabric
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"AATER":aGprsIpGslI
pAddressBsc
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"AATER":aGprsIpGslT
cpPortBscSide
GR
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"AGVC":aGprsRelated
BssFunction
GR
notUsed:<NULL>
bssId:<INTEGER>
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"AGVC":aGprsToFabri
c
Go
AGprsRelat
edBssFunct
ion
RelatedGSM
Object
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"X721":administrati
veState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
PointerOrN
ull
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
attribute
type
whose
value
which
are
capable
of
directly
the
necessary
level
of
detail
object
instances
supporting
the
empty set.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
(IPGSL_IP_Address_BSCside
(MFS))
This attribute represents the IP
address of the IPGSL link on BSC
side.
(IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS)) This
attribute represents the TCP port
number of the BSC IPGSL link used by
the MFS.
This
attribute
identifies
the
related BSC.
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>

indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
359/358

major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"AATER":aGprsI
pSigLink
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
GR
Operationa
lState
UserLabel
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsCnIdPs
Go
IntegerVal
ue
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
enabled=1>
<GraphicString>
<INTEGER>

a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
(CN_ID_PS) This parameter uniquely
identifies one SGSN inside one BSS

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
360/359

"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsGbConfi
gurationType
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsGbTrans
portMode
Go
AcieGbTran
sportMode
<ENUMERATED=fr=0 ip=1>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs1
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs2
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
for the Gbflex feature. For that,

the operator has the possibility to
use the Core Network Identifier,
which is part of the Global Core
Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP
TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id). But
in such case, the same identifier
can
identify
2
different
SGSN,
belonging to 2 different PLMN.
Configuration type used with Gb over
IP. In case of static configuration,
the SGSN IP endpoint(s) are given by
O&M.
In
case
of
dynamic
configuration,
the
SGSN
IP
endpoint(s) are sent dynamically by
the SGSN. For that exchange, at
least one pre-configured SGSN IP
endpoint is previously given by O&M.
This attribute indicates the mode of
the transport for Gb interface (per
NSE): FR or IP.
(NRI_LIST_PS) List of the Network
Resource Identifiers, associated to
a given SGSN, connected to the MFS
(Gbflex feature). Up to 8 NRIs can
be defined per SGSN (and at least
one). The NRI is part of the
temporary identity P-TMSI, which is
assigned by the serving SGSN to the
MS. The MFS derives the NRI from the
TLLI received from the MS, in order
to identify the serving SGSN.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
361/360

"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs3
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs4
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs5
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs6
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>


ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
362/361

"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs7
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNriPs8
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNsei
Go
AGprsNsei
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsRelated
BssFunction
Go
notUsed:<NULL>
bssId:<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsSgsnNam
e
"AGVC":aGprsSgsnOff
loadState
Go
AGprsRelat
edBssFunct
ion
SgsnName
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<GraphicString>
<INTEGER>

This attribute characterizes the
Network Service Element (NSE).
This
attribute
identifies
the
related BSC.
(SGSN_Name) This parameter contains
a user-friendly name for the SGSN.
(SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE) State assigned
to a given SGSN, connected to the
MFS (Gbflex feature), for the load
redistribution
function.
That

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
363/362

"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"AGVC":aGprsSgsnWei
ght
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
e
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"AGVC":aGprsNsPrior
ity
GR
AGprsNsPri
ority
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"AGVC":aGprsToPvc
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
PointerOrN
ull
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
Go
AlarmStatu
s
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
function removes the off loaded SGSN

from the list of candidate SGSNs on
BSS side.
(SGSN_WEIGHT) Weight assigned to a
SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex
feature), for the load balancing
function. A high value is to be
associated to a high capacity SGSN,
because it will be chosen more often
than a SGSN with a lower weight
(e.g. a SGSN with weight = 10 will
be chosen twice as often as a SGSN
with weight = 5).
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This
attribute
indicates
the
priority of the NSVC used by the
load sharing function (used for Gb
over Frame Relay interface).
This attribute indicates the related
aGprsPvc Managed Object Instance.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
364/363


(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"AGVC":aGprsNs
vc
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
Operationa
lState
UserLabel
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"AGVC":aGprsPeerNse
DataWeight
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"AGVC":aGprsPeerNse
SignallingWeight
GR
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsSg
"AGVC":aGprsSgsnIpA
Go
IntegerVal
<INTEGER>
GR
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
enabled=1>
<GraphicString>

The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute indicates the data
weight assigned to the peer NSE, in
case of static configuration of the
Gb over IP interface.
This
attribute
indicates
the
signalling weight assigned to the
peer
NSE,
in
case
of
static
configuration of the Gb over IP
interface.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
365/364

snIpEndPoint
ddress
ue
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"AGVC":aGprsSgsnUdp
Port
Go
IntegerVal
ue
<INTEGER>
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"AGVC":aGprsToFabri
c
Go
RelatedGSM
Object
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
Go
PointerOrN
ull
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
notAvailable:<NULL>
|
tance>
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>
Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
address of a SGSN IP endpoint, used

in case of static configuration of
Gb over IP. IP address of a preconfigured SGSN IP endpoint, used in
case of dynamic configuration of Gb
over IP.
This attribute indicates the UDP
port number of the SGSN endpoint
used for Gb over IP.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
366/365

Go
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"AGVC":aGprsSg
snIpEndPoint
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":userLabel
"GSM
12.20":executa
bleSoftwareUni
t
"GSM
12.20":executa
bleSoftwareUni
t
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
"M.3100":affectedOb
jectList
Go
ObjectList
"GSM
12.20":executa
bleSoftwareUni
t
"GSM
12.20":executa
bleSoftwareUni
t
"GSM
12.20":executa
bleSoftwareUni
t
"GSM
12.20":executa
bleSoftwareUni
t
"GSM
12.20":executa
"X.721":operational
State
Go
Operationa
lState
enabled=1>
"GSM
12.20":relatedRSUs
GR
RelatedGSM
ObjectList
This attribute identifies instances

of replaceableSoftwareUnit that are
related to this object instance.
"M.3100":userLabel
Go
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
"M.3100":vendorName
Go
VendorName
<GraphicString>
The
Vendor
Name
attribute
identifies
the
vendor
of
type
the
"M.3100":version
Go
Version
<GraphicString>
The
Version
identifies
the
type
the
GR
Operationa
lState
UserLabel
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
enabled=1>
<GraphicString>
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.

level
of
detail
required
for
management.
attribute
version
of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
367/367

bleSoftwareUni
t
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint

"X.721":availabilit
yStatus
Go
Availabili
tyStatus
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint
"Q.751.1":networkIn
dicator
Go
NetworkInd
icator1
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint
"X.721":operational
State
"Q.751.1":pointCode
Go
Operationa
lState
PointCode
"X.721":proceduralS
tatus
Go
Procedural
Status
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint
"Q.751.1":mtpS
ignPoint
"Q.751.1":spType
Go
SpType
"M.3100":version
Go
Version
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"M.3100":acceptable
CircuitPackTypeList
Go
Acceptable
CircuitPac
kTypeList
{<PrintableString> ...}
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
Go
AlarmStatu
s
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>
GR
{<INTENUM=inTest=0
failed=1
powerOff=2
offLine=3
offDuty=4
notInstalled=7
logFull=8> ...}
<ENUMERATED=internationa
lNetwork1=0
internationalNetwork2=1
nationalNetwork1=2
nationalNetwork2=3>
enabled=1>
<INTEGER>
Required=0
notInitialized=1
initializing=2
reporting=3
terminating=4> ...}
<ENUMERATED=sep=0 step=1
stp=2>
<GraphicString>
This attribute models the network

indicator
of
the
network
the
signalling point belongs to.
This
attribute
represents
pointcode of a certain SP.
the
This attribute represents the SPtype: SEP, STEP or STP.

The
Version
attribute
type
identifies
the
version
of
the
This attribute indicates the types
of the circuit packs that can be
contained in an equipment holder
object.

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
368/367

"M.3100":circu
itPack
"M.3100":currentPro
blemList
Go
CurrentPro
blemList
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"M.3100":holderStat
us
Go
HolderStat
us
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":subordinat
eCircuitPackSoftwar
eLoad
Go
Operationa
lState
Subordinat
eCircuitPa
ckSoftware
Load
GR
{{problem
|
alarmStatus
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
holderEmpty:<NULL>
|
inTheAcceptableList:<Pri
ntableString>
|
notInTheAcceptableList:<
PrintableString>
|
unknownType:<NULL>
enabled=1>
notApplicable:<NULL>
|
softwareInstances:{<Obje
ctInstance>
...}
|
softwareIdentifiers:{<Pr
intableString> ...}

(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
The holderStatus attribute indicates

the status of the physical holder.
It specifies if the holder is empty
or has a circuitPack of specific
type (that may or not be acceptable
to
the
holder)
or
has
an
indeterminate type.
This
attribute
indicates
the
software, if any, that is currently
designated as the one to be loaded
to
the
containing
circuit
pack
whenever
automatic
reload
of
software is needed. The values of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
369/368

this attribute may be one of the

following: sequence of printable
string, sequence of object instance
or NULL. The NULL choice is used
when the contained circuit pack is
not
software
loadable,
or
no
software load has been designated.
The
choice
of
sequence
of
ObjectInstance identifies an ordered
set of software instances. When the
choice of PrintableString is used,
the semantics is a local matter.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.
This attribute identifies a TTP
(source or bidirectional), a CTP
(sink or bidirectional) or a GTP
composed of members of one of these
categories.
This attribute identifies a CTP
(source or bidirectional), a TTP
(sink or bidirectional) or a GTP
composed of members of one of these
categories.
This attribute indicates the types
of the circuit packs that can be
contained in an equipment holder
object.
"M.3100":circu
itPack
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
"M.3100":cross
Connection
"M.3100":fromTermin
ation
Go
PointerOrN
ull
| null:<NULL>
"M.3100":cross
Connection
"M.3100":toTerminat
ion
Go
Pointer
<ObjectInstance>
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":acceptable
CircuitPackTypeList
Go
Acceptable
CircuitPac
kTypeList
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"X.721":administrat
iveState
GR
Administra
tiveState
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":alarmSever
ityAssignmentProfil
ePointer
"M.3100":alarmStatu
s
GR
PointerOrN
ull
unlocked=1
shuttingDown=2>
| null:<NULL>

Go
AlarmStatu
s
indeterminate=1
warning=2
minor=3
major=4
critical=5
activePending=6>

the
occurence
of
an
abnormal
a
summary
indicator
of
alarm
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
370/369

"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":equipmentH
olderAddress
Go
EquipmentH
olderAddre
ss

(from
highest
to
lowest)
is:
This
attribute
indicates
the
physical location of the resource
represented by the equipmentHolder
instance.
Depending
on
the
containment
hierarchy
of
the
equipmentHolder
in
the
managed
system,the value of this attribute
may vary. For example, if a system
has
three
levels
of
equipment
holders
representing
Bay,
Shelf
andSlot
respectively
(i.e.
the
managedElement contains multipleBay
equipment
holders,
each
Bay
equipment holder contains multiple
Shelf equipment holders and each
Shelf
equipment
holder
contains
multiple Slot equipment holders),
then:
for
the
equipmentHolder
representing
a
Bay,
the
Frame
Identification code may be used as
the value of this attribute
for
the
equipmentHolder
representing a Shelf, the Bay Shelf
code may be used as the value of
this attribute

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
371/370

"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":equipmentH
olderType
Go
EquipmentH
olderType
<GraphicString>
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":holderStat
us
Go
HolderStat
us
holderEmpty:<NULL>
|
inTheAcceptableList:<Pri
ntableString>
|
notInTheAcceptableList:<
PrintableString>
|
unknownType:<NULL>
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"X.721":operational
State
"M.3100":replaceabl
e
Go
Operationa
lState
Replaceabl
e
enabled=1>
<ENUMERATED=yes=0
no=1
notapplicable=2>
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":serialNumb
er
Go
SerialNumb
er
<GraphicString>
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":subordinat
eCircuitPackSoftwar
eLoad
GR
Subordinat
eCircuitPa
ckSoftware
Load
notApplicable:<NULL>
|
softwareInstances:{<Obje
ctInstance>
...}
|
softwareIdentifiers:{<Pr
intableString> ...}
Go
for
the
equipmentHolder
representing a Slot, the position
code may be used as the value of
this attribute. If the system uses
only one level of equipment holder,
that represents the Shelves (i.e.,
the managedElement contains multiple
Shelf equipment holders, and each
Shelf equipment holder contains a
circuit pack), then the value of
this attribute is a sequence of the
Frame Identification code and the
Bay Shelf Code.
The equipment holder type attribute
indicates the type of equipment
holder using a character string.The
possible values for the character
string may be bay, shelf, drawer,
slot and rack.
The holderStatus attribute indicates
the status of the physical holder.
It specifies if the holder is empty
or has a circuitPack of specific
type (that may or not be acceptable
to
the
holder)
or
has
an
indeterminate type.
The
Replaceable
attribute
type
non-replaceable.
physical resource.
This
attribute
indicates
the
software, if any, that is currently
designated as the one to be loaded
to
the
containing
circuit
pack
whenever
automatic
reload
of

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
372/371

"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":supportedB
yObjectList
Go
ObjectList
"M.3100":equip
mentHolder
"M.3100":userLabel
GR
UserLabel
<GraphicString>
software is needed. The values of

this attribute may be one of the
following: sequence of printable
string, sequence of object instance
or NULL. The NULL choice is used
when the contained circuit pack is
not
software
loadable,
or
no
software load has been designated.
The
choice
of
sequence
of
ObjectInstance identifies an ordered
set of software instances. When the
choice of PrintableString is used,
the semantics is a local matter.
attribute
type
whose
value
which
are
capable
of
directly
the
necessary
level
of
detail
object
instances
supporting
the
empty set.
The
User
Label
attribute
type
associated object.

ED
15
Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
373/372

END OF DOCUMENT
ED
15

Released
9830m15re.doc
04/06/2010
374/374

09830MAAAe15 PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

09830MAAAe15 PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

All rights reserved.

Passing on and copying of this

9153 OMC-R Configuration Import/Export Interface:

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS

INFORMAL EXCERPTS OF [ACIE-SI11].........................................................6

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 1.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 2.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 3.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 4.

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

08/07/2008: Version aligned with [ACIE-si11] Ed.04 dated the 08/07/2008

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 5.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 6.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 7.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 8.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 11.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 12.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 13.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 14.

Corresponding 9153 OMC-R internal IM version: B11_INFO ACIE 15.

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

9153-RA Configuration Import/Export

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

1.2 Conventions and notations

ASN1 type in expanded form

<ENUM=enum1=0 enum2=1 ... enumn=n>

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

alt1:<T1 in expanded form> | alt2:<T2 in

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

2. INFORMAL EXCERPTS OF [ACIE-SI11]

GDMO Attribute Behaviour

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

This attribute identifies the target

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

value allowed for counter N3102 Cell

ACIE Interface: Informal excepts of 3BK 09773 MAAA PBZZA

3BK 09830 MAAA PBZZA